InvestorPlace| InvestorPlace /feed/content-feed Stock ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ News, Stock Advice & Trading Tips en-US <![CDATA[Wall Street’s Best-Kept Secret – Now in Your Hands]]> /market360/2025/10/wall-streets-best-kept-secret-now-in-your-hands/ Spot the market’s next major moves before they happen… n/a ai-stock-rising-graph A rising candlestick graph to represent the exponential potential of AI stocks ipmlc-3310279 Tue, 14 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Wall Street’s Best-Kept Secret – Now in Your Hands Louis Navellier Tue, 14 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: I have always believed in using data to drive every investment decision. That’s exactly why I created my Stock Grader – to give investors a clear, quantitative read on a stock’s fundamentals and momentum.

What TradeSmith has built is a natural complement to that.

Tomorrow morning at 10 a.m. Eastern, my colleague Keith Kaplan, CEO of TradeSmith, is going public with a breakthrough AI trading system that could change how you invest forever.

It’s built to spot the market’s next major moves before they happen… the same kind of data-driven edge that’s powered Wall Street’s top hedge funds for decades.

If you want to stay ahead of the next wave of AI-driven gains, I strongly encourage you to reserve your seat for The Super AI Trading Event.

This event is your chance to see this new system in action.

Click here now to secure your spot before tomorrow’s event. In the meantime, here’s Keith with more…

Edward Lorenz wasn’t looking for a big idea. He only meant to save a little time.

In 1961, the MIT mathematician was running rudimentary weather simulations on a Royal McBee LGP-30 computer. It was the size of a fridge, droned nonstop, and spat out forecasts on long rolls of paper.

Lorenz was testing how winds shifted across New England. To speed things up, he rounded one of his inputs from six decimals to three.

That tiny change rewrote the entire forecast. What should have been a calm weather pattern spiraled into a violent storm.

He called it the “butterfly effect” because a butterfly flapping its wings in Brazil might set off a tornado in Texas.

This doesn’t just happen in weather forecasts.

A single gene mutation can mean the difference between health and illness. A keystroke error can erase billions from a trading desk. A missed bolt on an assembly line can ground a fleet of airplanes.

The stock market is no different…

  • One comment from the Fed can wipe billions off the S&P 500 in minutes.
  • A supply glitch in Taiwan can ripple through every tech portfolio on Wall Street.
  • A surprise earnings miss can drag down an entire sector overnight.

Each tiny change ripples through the market and moves thousands of stocks.

It’s no coincidence that Jim Simons is the top-performing hedge fund manager of all time. He’s a math genius who captured these effects with algorithms. (He named it “Medallion” to honor the mathematical and scientific medals earned by the early team.)

Since its launch in 1988, his Medallion Fund has delivered average annual returns of about 66%, more than eight times the return of the S&P 500.

Simons’ fund hoovers up earnings reports, price ticks, weather records, shipping flows, and even satellite images of fields, oil tanks, and parking lots. By layering this unconventional data onto market signals, they created models no one can match.

And it’s not the only Wall Street firm that uses powerful software to stack the odds in its favor. Thousands of other hedge funds do, too.

I didn’t work on Wall Street. I’m a computer engineer and entrepreneur. My parents were teachers. And I’ve always thought it was wrong that powerful software tools stayed locked up by hedge funds – widening the wealth gap instead of narrowing it.

That’s why I’ve made it our driving purpose at TradeSmith to level the playing field with Wall Street. And as I’ll show you today, we’ve built a new “Super AI” that does just that.

It scans billions of data points and projects prices for 2,334 stocks up to 21 days out – with 85% accuracy.

And in a five-year study that included the pandemic, the 2022 crash, soaring interest rates, the tariff tantrum, and even two wars, it returned an average annual gain of 374%.

Next Wednesday, Oct. 15, at 10 a.m. ET, I’ll show you how it takes AI-powered investing to the next level with my Super AI Trading event (Save your spot here.)

Today, I’ll give you a sneak peek of how it works… along with more of the astonishing results it’s produced.

But first, I thought you might want to know a little more about us.

Hedge-Fund-Level Tools For Regular Investors

We’re a leading financial technology platform based in Baltimore, Maryland.

We’re part of the Nasdaq-listed investment research group ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½Wise that includes Stansberry Research, Chaikin Analytics, InvestorPlace, Brownstone Research, Wide Moat Research, and Altimetry.

As TradeSmith’s CEO, I manage 74 researchers and developers, and an $8 million annual budget, to create world-class software tools and analytics.

We’ve built tools to help folks track their portfolios, manage risk, spot seasonality patterns in stocks, and generate regular streams of income in the options market.

We help more than 120,000 people around the world track about $30 billion in assets. And ForbesThe Wall Street Journal, and The Economist have profiled us for our breakthroughs.

Even before ChatGPT burst onto the scene in late 2022, we were focused on harnessing AI to help our customers develop an even sharper edge.

In 2023, we launched our first AI-powered trading model, Predictive Alpha. It projects prices – up to 21 trading days in advance – for 2,334 stocks daily.

For some stocks, the price hits its projection more than 90% of the time. That covers more than 700,000 projections a month since we introduced the model. And we consistently see accuracy above 70%.

Our new Super AI pushes these results even further. It’s a genuine game changer, and I want as many people as possible to see it in action.

AI is already helping experts predict hurricanes, diagnose tumors, pilot fighter jets, and discover new medicines. Investors who use it to sharpen their edge will have a huge advantage over everyone else. Investors who don’t take advantage risk getting left behind.

Tracking Financial Butterfly Effects

By now, you’re probably familiar with ChatGPT, Gemini, and Copilot. These are called large language models because they’re trained on massive datasets of words.

Think of our AI-powered trading system as a large numbers model.

Instead of words, it’s trained on sequences of historical values, including their irregularities, jumps, and volatility spikes.

The butterfly effects, in other words.

It looks at past data to guess when patterns are likely to happen again. It can spot a familiar trend in new numbers. And it keeps updating its guesses as fresh data comes in.

From the start, we knew it would become a lot more powerful, and we weren’t wrong. That leads me to the breakthrough I’m sharing with you today.

This breakthrough means we can capture market shifts faster and more accurately than ever before – giving everyday investors access to hedge-fund-level precision. Here are some of the results it’s produced so far.

Like Growing Your Money 34 Times in a Year

On July 27, 2023, our model predicted Opendoor (OPEN) would soon hit a price of $4.87.

The stock hit that price just 24 hours later. And my team booked a 9.4% gain on that pick.

That’s like growing your money 34 times in a year.

And as I’ll show on Oct. 15, you could have boosted that gain to 244% in just 24 hours with a special kind of trade.

Or take this past May, when our model predicted Tesla (TSLA) would hit $302.89 in 21 trading days.

It reached the price we forecast even faster than expected. We booked a 5.2% gain in just 24 hours. And you could have boosted it to 310% over the same time.

But as impressive as that is, we found you could have done even better with a five-stock portfolio strategy. There’s a lot of complex math going on under the hood, but you won’t notice it’s there. You simply buy the best five trades every week – all with an unusually high 85% historical accuracy – and sell when they hit their projection.

As I mentioned, we’ve shown in backtests that this could have made you an average annual gain of 374% over the last five years. And that’s just the average gain. Last year, following this strategy would have delivered a 602% return.

That’s more than three times the return of AI rocket ride Nvidia (NVDA) last year. And it’s more than 30 times the return of the S&P 500 over the same time.

How to Predict “Hurricane Nvidia”

Every day, the market is flooded with billions of data points that represent rapidly changing economic conditions.

What traders are really trying to do is predict “Hurricane Apple”… “Hurricane Nvidia”… “Hurricane Tesla.”

And what AI does best is spot order in chaos.

Hurricanes don’t form from one cause. They come from thousands of shifting forces working together. The same goes for markets. Old models break down under that complexity. AI models thrive on it.

I’ll reveal all on Wednesday, Oct. 15, at 10 a.m. Eastern Time at my Super AI Trading Event.

I’ll show you the technology behind our new Super AI and the gains it’s flagged. I’ll also show why our five-stock strategy works – and how you can build your own AI portfolio to try to quadruple your money over the next 12 months.

I’ll even pass along one of our AI’s top trades as a thank you for joining.

Here’s the link again to save your spot.

I hope to see you there!

Sincerely,

Keith Kaplan
CEO, TradeSmith

P.S. On Oct. 16, we’ll launch our first live five-stock model portfolio. Charter members will be the first to see exactly which five stocks to buy. We’ll also give them instructions when it’s time to rotate into the next AI projections. If you want to join them, make sure you’re signed up for my event by going here now.

The post Wall Street’s Best-Kept Secret – Now in Your Hands appeared first on InvestorPlace.

]]>
<![CDATA[How to Build Wealth in a Volatile Stock ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/how-to-build-wealth-in-a-volatile-stock-market/ Is this intense turbulence Wall Street’s ‘new normal’? n/a stock-market-roller-coaster An image of a rising and falling graph with a roller coaster in the background to represent stock market volatility ipmlc-3277852 Tue, 14 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 How to Build Wealth in a Volatile Stock ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Luke Lango Tue, 14 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 Editor’s note: “How to Build Wealth in a Volatile Stock ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½” was previously published in June 2025. It has since been updated to include the most relevant information available.

The stock market has been anything but steady this year. 

Since Donald Trump took office as the 47th President of the United States in late January, investors have endured a dizzying ride.

At first, markets stayed quiet – flat for about a month. But that calm quickly turned into chaos.

From mid-February to mid-March, the S&P 500 plunged 10% in just 20 trading days. Analysts blamed growing fears that Trump would ignite a global trade war. Those fears were realized on April 2, when Trump launched his “Liberation Day” tariffs. The move triggered a historic two-day, 10% drop in the index – marking the fifth-worst two-day crash on record.

Then came the snapback.

One week later, Trump announced a 90-day pause on those same tariffs. The market roared back. The S&P 500 surged 9.5% in a single session – the start of a massive 20% rebound over the next month.

In just 90 days, stocks had crashed 20%, then fully rebounded. 

Until October 2025… and another sharp drawdown

The Latest Trump-Induced ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Whiplash 

After China tightened exports on rare earth metals, Trump took to social media to retaliate. The president said he was mulling a “massive increase” to tariffs on Chinese imports, as well as “many other countermeasures.” 

That fresh threat led markets to panic. Tech sold off. And the Dow Industrial Average, Nasdaq, and S&P 500 all had their worst day in six months.

But in true 2025 fashion, the chaos didn’t last long. Within 48 hours, Trump took to Truth Social again – this time walking back his comments, saying trade relations with China “will all be fine.”

The market’s reaction was immediate. The Dow jumped 505 points (1.1%). The S&P 500 climbed 1.3%, retracing nearly 40% of its loss, and the Nasdaq popped 1.7% as beaten-down tech stocks led a powerful rebound.

It was yet another whiplash moment in what has arguably been the most volatile and violent stock market ever. And given that Trump has been the trigger – and that he will be in the White House for the next four years – investors are naturally asking themselves:

Is this intense volatility Wall Street’s ‘new normal’?

It may be…

A Bumpy Ride Higher: Why We Expect Stock ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Uncertainty to Continue

Don’t get me wrong. I think stocks are going higher over the next few years. 

We’re somewhere in the middle of the AI Boom. Tech booms like these tend to last five to six years or longer. Just look at the Dot Com Boom, which started in 1995 and lasted through 1999 – five years of strong gains. The Nasdaq Composite rose about 582% during that time, while the S&P nearly tripled. 

This AI Boom started in 2023. I think we have another two to three years of exceptional growth left in AI stocks. And that growth should drive the whole market higher.

However… I don’t think it’ll be a smooth ride higher…  

Largely because of U.S. President Donald Trump, who promises to change a lot of things. 

He wants to renegotiate trade deals and restructure global trade, rethink America’s global military presence, and cut federal spending. He wants to reduce taxes, expand America’s borders, and reshore manufacturing activity, among other things. 

Clearly, he aims to change a lot. 

Now, I won’t offer an argument as to whether these proposed changes are good, bad, or neutral. 

But I will state the obvious: It’s a lot of change. And change is uncomfortable – especially for investors… 

Because change equals uncertainty. That doesn’t mean this policy shakeup won’t push stocks higher in the long term. It may. 

It simply means that, along the way, stocks will continue to be volatile – just like they’ve been throughout 2025.

Stock ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Volatility by the Numbers: Record-Breaking Swings Under Trump

Since Trump was inaugurated earlier this year, we’ve seen:

  • One of the fastest 10% drops
    • Following the announcement of the “Liberation Day” tariffs on April 2, the S&P sharply declined, dropping over 12.1% in the subsequent four sessions.
  • One of the worst two-day crashes
    • On April 3-4, the market suffered a 10.5% setback, marking the fourth-worst two-day stretch since 1950.
  • One of the best single-day rallies
    • Following President Trump’s announcement of a 90-day pause on recently implemented tariffs, the S&P surged 9.5% on April 9, marking its strongest one-day performance since October 2008.
  • One of the best win streaks
    • On May 2, the S&P locked in its ninth straight day of gains – the longest winning streak in more than 20 years – rising roughly 10% over that stretch
  • One of the highest readings for the volatility index
    • The CBOE Volatility Index (VIX), often referred to as the market’s “fear gauge,” nearly doubled over six months, reaching a reading of 27.86.

And all that in the span of three months… 

If you think things will “mellow out” over the next 45 months, we think you’re sadly mistaken. 

The Strategy for Surviving and Thriving in Today’s ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½

Clearly, Trump isn’t playing around in his second term. He means business and intends to execute his vision, regardless of the short-term pain it may cause. That means that the volatility we’ve seen so far will likely persist throughout his tenure. 

If you’re a buy-and-hold investor, that might sound scary. But that’s why I think you must become more than a buy-and-hold investor… 

Because this volatility isn’t going away – not with a president who moves markets with a single post. But while most investors are getting whipsawed by these swings, some are quietly turning the chaos into opportunity.

In times like these, it’s not enough to simply “buy and hold.” You need a system that can adapt in real time – one that thrives on volatility instead of fearing it.

That’s exactly what my colleague Keith Kaplan and his team at TradeSmith have built. It’s called The Super AI Trading System: a fully automated portfolio designed to identify the five highest-conviction trades in the market at any given moment… and execute them with up to 85% historical accuracy.

This system reacts instantly to market turbulence, turning every shock, tweet, or tariff tantrum into an opportunity to buy low and sell high. In backtesting, it averaged 374% annualized returns over the past five years – even through pandemics, crashes, and political firestorms.

Keith will reveal everything tomorrow, Wednesday, October 15 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time during The Super AI Trading Event.

If you’ve been looking for a way to make money in wild markets like this, this is it.

Click here to reserve your spot now.

On the date of publication, Luke Lango did not have (either directly or indirectly) any positions in the securities mentioned in this article.

The post How to Build Wealth in a Volatile Stock ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ appeared first on InvestorPlace.

]]>
<![CDATA[Trump Soothes the Bull]]> /2025/10/trump-soothes-the-bull/ n/a trump1600 Former President Donald Trump ipmlc-3310192 Mon, 13 Oct 2025 20:42:55 -0400 Trump Soothes the Bull Jeff Remsburg Mon, 13 Oct 2025 20:42:55 -0400 Stocks rebound as President Trump says not to worry… a new tool to help us time the end of this bull… the power of technical analysis… Wednesday’s Super AI Trading Event with TradeSmith CEO Keith Kaplan

Don’t worry about China, it will all be fine!

That social media post from President Trump is triggering a big rebound on Wall Street as I write Monday.

It’s a welcome relief after Friday’s sell-off, also triggered by Trump, when he accused China of “becoming very hostile” and threatened new 100% tariffs.

Wall Street remains hypersensitive to anything that could rattle the AI trade. Indeed, AI stocks are doing the heavy lifting of today’s bull market. So, any hint of calm – especially from Trump – quickly restores confidence in the sector driving most of 2025’s gains.

Speaking of AI and gains, AI chip supplier Broadcom Inc. (AVGO) announced a new multibillion-dollar deal this morning (as I write, it’s a mystery company – not OpenAI). It’s up 10%, and another sign that the AI boom is still driving big-money moves across tech.

Also from this morning, JPMorgan said it plans to invest in companies deemed “critical” to U.S. national security, many of which sit squarely in the AI supply chain.

Bottom line: From chipmakers to data infrastructure to big banks, the message is clear: The AI investing juggernaut isn’t slowing down.

Still, last Friday’s meltdown put one question front-and-center for investors…

How will I know when to get out?

Let’s answer it.

To help, we’ve already introduced our “Crazy Map.” It’s a list of five milestones that often line the path to a bull market’s eventual peak/bust. We’re tracking them with a “green, yellow, red” scoring system (today, three are yellow, two are already red).

But while the Crazy Map is helpful for signaling when the broad market is likely in its final innings, those innings can last far longer than expected. So, we need another tool – something more precise even once we conclude we’re in the ninth.

This brings us to senior analyst Brian Hunt… some easy-to-follow technical analysis… and a guide to help you sidestep the worst of whatever market collapse might be lurking ahead.

Today, let’s dig into exactly how to navigate the end of this bull market. Depending on your financial situation, this issue could save you millions of dollars and loads of sleepless nights.

Then, after detailing our action plan, I’ll share with you an AI-based trading tool to help you trade however much bull market remains ahead. It delivered an average annual gain of 374% in a rigorous five-year study spanning pandemics, crashes, and global turmoil. It could be one of the most profitable ways to trade whatever blow-off top is in our future.

Lots to cover. Let’s jump in…

Your “sleep in peace” game plan for navigating the end of a bull market

For newer Digest readers, Brian used to helm InvestorPlace as CEO, but his first love has always been trading and investing.

So, after choosing to hand over the CEO reins, he’s now one of our leading senior analysts, dissecting the markets and teaching other investors how to consistently put wads of trading cash in their pockets.

Recently, in an internal InvestorPlace email, Brian detailed how he plans to navigate “the top.” It’s based on how he sidestepped the worst of the market collapse in 2008/2009, along with an analysis of how his approach performed when tested against the 2000 crash.

It involves basic trend analysis that Brian writes “can help you avoid every major stock crash for the rest of your life.”

From Brian:

The chart below shows how the stock market enjoyed a strong rally from late 2004 to late 2007.

But then, way before the market meltdown, the S&P began exhibiting terrible price action behavior. These behaviors were bright red warning flags.

In the chart below, you’ll see that in early 2008, the S&P 500 undercut two of its major 2007 lows. This was a 6-month downside breakout. The lowest low in six months (A). This is a major negative for any market.

Then, the S&P’s 200 day moving average turned lower (B). This is a major negative for any market. Then, the S&P staged a downside breakout to new 12-month lows (C).

This bearish move was accompanied a clear series of bearish “lower highs and lower lows.” This is a major negative for any market.

Chart showing what the A,B,C, system flagged in 2008Source: StockCharts.com

Put it all together, and by early 2008 – six months before the worst of the market’s collapse – Brian had spotted clear signs that it was time to get defensive:

To me, this horrid action is not obvious only in hindsight. It was obvious at the time.

And you didn’t need one ounce of mortgage market insight to know the market was sick.

You just needed a basic knowledge of stock trend health that can be learned in a variety of entry level books.

Sure enough, here’s how it played out (notice how much you saved if you’d acted after Brian’s “A, B, C” warning system):

Chart showing what the A,B,C system would have avoided in 2009/2009Source: StockCharts.com

Back to Brian:

The majority of one of the worst bear markets in history could have been avoided by using basic technical analysis.

The same “A, B, C” warnings were evident in the Dot-Com Crash

As you’ll see below, from mid-1998 to mid-2000, the market provided the same warnings:

  • A six-month downside breakout (A)
  • Trading below a declining 200-day moving average (B)
  • A new series of lower highs and lower lows on the way to a new 12-month low (C)

From Brian:

All major negatives by themselves. Combined, they were hugely negative.

That was the time to get out.

Chart showing what the A,B,C, system flagged in 2000Source: StockCharts.com

And then this happened:

Chart showing what the A,B,C system would have avoided in 2000Source: StockCharts.com Where this leaves us today

So, first, we have the Crazy Map signaling when we’re in the neighborhood of a potential crash. Our latest analysis suggests we’re turning into that neighborhood, but not squarely in it today.

Second, we have Brian’s technical framework that helps us identify, let’s call it, the specific street to be cautious about. We’re definitely not there yet.

As you can see below, we’re nowhere close to trading at six- or 12-month lows, trading below the 200-day MA, or establishing “a new series of lower highs and lower lows.”

Chart showing that the S&P isn't near any technical bear moments todaySource: StockCharts.com

Let’s now throw in one final wrinkle to help us with our conviction. We’ll factor in one of the most important yet underutilized indicators in investing.

Volume: the truthteller before price

Price tells us what is happening, but volume tells you how real it is.

Near major market tops or changes in trend, that distinction becomes crucial. After all, how many times have you bought into what you believed was the start of a new market uptrend, only for it to reverse and leave you sitting on sudden losses?

In healthy bull markets, rallies are confirmed by expanding volume – more buyers piling in, more conviction behind each advance.

But as a market begins to tire, that relationship quietly flips…

On “up” days, you’ll start to see shrinking volume. This means fewer investors are willing to chase prices higher. This is followed by sharp “down” days where volume suddenly swells.

That’s often institutions unloading their positions. It’s the “smart money” exiting while retail investors are still celebrating new highs.

This subtle shift in participation is one of the clearest tells of a topping process.

When the heaviest trading sessions start clustering around down days rather than up days, the baton has passed from the “accumulation” phase of a rising market to the “distribution” phase of a market that’s topped out.

Today, we’re seeing some signs that bullish buying volume is slightly softening, but nothing significant enough for us to pronounce a true pivot.

Now, let’s fold this into Brian’s “A, B, C” framework

When we do, volume becomes the force multiplier that validates each technical breakdown:

  • When the market posts its first 6-month downside breakout (“A”), check if that drop comes on surging volume, far outpacing volume on recent bullish days. If so, that’s a red flag that the selloff has conviction. And as importantly, if there’s an ensuing rebound rally, how much buying volume is driving it? If it’s light, watch out.
  • When price slips below a declining 200-day moving average (“B”), heavy volume confirms the long-term trend has turned. Does the new status quo bring heavier selling volume days than buying days?
  • And when a fresh 12-month low arrives (“C”) with a series of lower highs and lower lows, rising volume on down days locks in the verdict: The bulls have lost control.

So, integrating price and volume in this way gives you an early, objective framework to exit with confidence (not panic).

By the time the headlines catch up, you’ll already be on the sidelines, watching the chaos from cash.

But recognize what this means – you won’t get out at “the top”

Here’s the truth that most investors don’t want to hear: This framework won’t get you out at the exact top.

But that’s not a flaw, it’s a feature of disciplined investing. You’ll always “pay” something for prudence – unless you get incredibly lucky and sell at the exact top, which almost never happens.

And even selling at the top would bring a cost. For example, if you sell today – basically at the market’s all-time high – your “cost” is opportunity. You risk watching stocks sturdy themselves from recent wobbles and explode higher, leaving you on the sidelines for the final leg of this bull. Who knows how much higher we’ll go?

On the other hand, if you wait for Brian’s “A, B, C” signals to confirm that the market has truly broken down, your cost is real portfolio drawdown – the decline between the peak and the point where “C” triggers your exit.

In Brian’s examples, depending on exactly where you exit, that could be between 15% and 20% lower.

Either way, there’s a cost. It’s your call as to whether you’d prefer to pay in “potential missed opportunity” or “realized drawdown.” The right answer will be unique to you and your financial situation/goals. Fortunately, you can dial it up or down.

Whatever you choose, recognize the bigger goal: avoiding the worst of a real bear market crash to prevent catastrophic portfolio damage.

So – putting it all together – how will you know when to get out?

Between the Crazy Map’s broad warning signs, Brian’s A, B, C framework, and the confirming story told by volume, you now have a practical roadmap for a specific exit based on a plan – not emotion.

It’s not so much about perfection but, rather, protection. Following this type of framework will help you sidestep the kind of massive losses that can erase years of hard-earned gains and keep your capital intact for the next great buying opportunity.

Speaking of opportunity…

While this roadmap prepares you for the end of the bull, there’s still money to be made while it lasts.

In fact, a powerful new AI-driven trading tool from our corporate affiliate TradeSmith may be the smartest way to capture whatever upside remains – before the final inning ends.

As we profiled in the Digest last week, TradeSmith’s newest innovation, the AI Super Portfolio, is the most powerful quant-based trading breakthrough we’ve ever seen.

Built on years of research and powered by TradeSmith’s proprietary machine learning engine, this strategy layers a next-generation algorithm on top of Predictive Alpha Prime, which is TradeSmith’s most advanced AI forecasting system.

The result is a five-position portfolio that continually rotates into the stocks that the screening AI believes have the highest probability of outperforming over the coming months.

In extensive five-year testing, the AI Super Portfolio delivered average annual gains of 374% – that’s through the pandemic, rate hikes, trade wars, and every market twist in between.

To be clear, you don’t have to use options or leverage. There’s nothing crazy here. Just the market’s top stocks, held for AI-determined periods, rebalanced twice a year.

To see exactly how it works, join TradeSmith CEO Keith Kaplan this Wednesday, Oct. 15, at 10 a.m. ET for his Super AI Trading Event.

He’ll walk you throw how this system takes AI-powered investing to an entirely new level – and how you can use it to trade smarter in whatever remains of this bull market.

Have a good evening,

Jeff Remsburg

The post Trump Soothes the Bull appeared first on InvestorPlace.

]]>
<![CDATA[Data Centers Are Exploding – Here’s Who’s Cashing In!]]> /market360/2025/10/data-centers-are-exploding-heres-whos-cashing-in/ Check out this week’s Navellier ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Buzz n/a ai-data-center-servers A modern data center with lit servers, the word 'AI' on the back wall, to represent the buildout of AI infrastructure in the U.S., AI stocks and profits ipmlc-3310147 Mon, 13 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Data Centers Are Exploding – Here’s Who’s Cashing In! Louis Navellier Mon, 13 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Government shutdown or not… The AI Revolution is alive and well.

Over the past few weeks, artificial intelligence and technology stocks have rallied strongly following the announcement of new AI investments and developments.

Specifically, NVIDIA Corporation (NVDA) announced a couple of big partnerships with Intel Corporation (INTC) and OpenAI, while Microsoft Corporation (MSFT) dedicated $80 billion to AI data center expansion.

In addition, Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. (AMD) announced plans to supply AI chips to OpenAI in a multi-year deal. AMD anticipates more than $100 billion in revenue from the four-year deal.

OpenAI also introduced new models (GPT-4.1 and GPT-5), while Alphabet Inc.’s (GOOGL) Google Cloud launched new AI agents in August.

And just this morning, we learned that OpenAI and Broadcom Inc. (AVGO) are partnering to develop 10 gigawatts of “custom artificial-intelligence accelerators.” According to Barron’s, “OpenAI, the maker of ChatGPT, will design the accelerators and Broadcom will provide Ethernet and other connectivity solutions at OpenAI’s facilities and partner data centers.”

While we don’t know the terms of the deal just yet, it’s likely to be in the billions – and the hype was enough to spike Broadcom’s stock by as much as 10% this morning.

Given all of this news, it’s unsurprising that AI-related stocks have recently outperformed. So, in this week’s Navellier ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Buzz, I review the increase in data center spending and who’s actually profiting from it. I also discuss what drove gold to reach a record $4,000 per ounce last week. And finally, I’ll tell you about some troubling news in the private credit market – and why you should keep an eye on it.

Click the image below to watch now.

If you want to see more of my videos, subscribe to my YouTube channel here. Plus, to see what stocks are benefiting from gold’s record rise, click here to check out my bonus video with 10 gold stocks I’m currently recommending.

What’s Coming Next for AI

While data centers are exploding right now, the next computing revolution is already beginning…

You may have heard of this term in the headlines, but the reality is that most people have no clue about it.

I’m talking about quantum computing.

Simply put, while traditional computing uses either zeroes or ones, quantum computing uses both at the same time. This allows it to perform many calculations simultaneously – and solve problems that are too complex for even the most powerful supercomputers today.

Now, here’s the part that should really grab your attention…

Quantum computing could ignite the most significant wave of wealth creation that we have ever seen. Even bigger than the current AI boom.

Click here to learn how you can be part of it.

Sincerely,

An image of a cursive signature in black text.

Louis Navellier

Editor, ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ 360

The Editor hereby discloses that as of the date of this email, the Editor, directly or indirectly, owns the following securities that are the subject of the commentary, analysis, opinions, advice, or recommendations in, or which are otherwise mentioned in, the essay set forth below:

Broadcom Inc. (AVGO) and NVIDIA Corporation (NVDA)

The post Data Centers Are Exploding – Here’s Who’s Cashing In! appeared first on InvestorPlace.

]]>
<![CDATA[How a 1984 Debate Predicts Today’s AI Edge in the ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½]]> /smartmoney/2025/10/1984-debate-predicts-todays-ai-edge/ AI and classic value principles are turning market myths on their head… n/a artificial-intelligence-ai-stocks-robot-hand-1600 Illustration of robot hand reaching for the letters "AI" with tech symbols around it. AI tech stock predictions. best artificial intelligence stocks. tech stocks. AI stocks. stocks to benefit from AI growth. AI Stocks ipmlc-3309985 Mon, 13 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 How a 1984 Debate Predicts Today’s AI Edge in the ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Eric Fry Mon, 13 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: Wall Street wants you to believe the market is unbeatable. That outperformance is just luck, a statistical fluke.

But history and logic suggest otherwise. In 1984, Warren Buffett famously proved that disciplined, value-driven investing could consistently beat the odds. Skill and discipline matter.

Today, AI and advanced math are taking that principle further, turning data into actionable insights and creating a system capable of extraordinary, consistent returns. And our partners at TradeSmith have paired AI and cutting-edge math to build a system that doesn’t just aim to match the market, but crush it.

On Wednesday, October 15, at 10 a.m. Eastern time, TradeSmith CEO Keith Kaplan will show you how to take AI-powered investing to the next level at his Super AI Trading event. You can reserve your spot for that event here.

Today, Keith is joining us to share how AI is turning long-standing market math on its head, giving investors a real edge in today’s volatile market.

Take it away…

It was billed as an academic debate, but it felt more like a heavyweight bout.

On May 17, 1984, Columbia University marked the 50th anniversary of Security Analysis by Benjamin Graham and David Dodd – the Bible of value investing.

At one podium stood Michael Jensen, a rising star from the University of Rochester. He carried the weight of a near-unanimous academic consensus: the Efficient ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Hypothesis (EMH).

It claimed markets were unbeatable. What looked like investor outperformance was nothing more than statistical noise.

On the other side was one of the world’s most successful investors, Warren Buffett.

Nineteen years earlier, he’d taken over a failing New England textile mill called Berkshire Hathaway. By applying Graham and Dodd’s principles, he transformed it into one of the world’s most successful investment firms.

Jensen spoke first. He cited studies showing that, taken as a whole, the pros weren’t beating the market.

He compared it with a national coin-flipping contest. If 225 million people flipped coins, he argued, a few would rack up 20 wins in a row. No skill required — just the law of large numbers at work.

Then it was Buffett’s turn.

“Let’s accept Professor Jensen’s coin-flipping contest,” he began. He walked through the same logic: millions flipping coins, losers dropping out, a tiny remnant surviving 20 rounds.

Then he reframed the question.

“But what if those survivors all came from the same place?” He let the pause hang… “Graham-and-Doddsville.”

Buffett wasn’t talking about a place – but a school of thought. He showed slides of nine funds, each run by Graham disciples, all with years of outperformance. You can dismiss one streak among this group as chance… but not nine.

For decades, academics like Jensen told investors that beating the market was impossible. At TradeSmith, we set out to prove otherwise — not with luck, but with discipline, data, and world-class software tools.

Our latest breakthrough takes the core math behind the EMH and turns it on its head — creating a system with a real, lasting edge.

In backtests, it delivered an average annual return of 374% over five years — through the Covid Pandemic, the 2022 crash, the 2025 tariff shock, two wars, and wild swings in interest rates.

And it’s powered by something investors in 1984 could only imagine in science fiction: artificial intelligence.

Surprisingly Consistent Results

You’re probably familiar with ChatGPT, Gemini, and Copilot. They’re called large language models because they’re trained on massive datasets of words.

Think of our AI-powered trading system as a “large numbers model.”

We trained it on more than 100 billion stock market data points – including odd jumps and volatility spikes. It learns patterns hidden in the noise, then projects where stocks are likely to move next.

You may be wondering how accurate these projections are. We monitor it daily and see surprisingly consistent results.

Some stocks hit their price projection more than 90% of the time. That covers more than 700,000 projections a month since we introduced the model in 2023.

And we consistently see 70% accuracy or higher. That’s even more impressive than residents of “Graham-and-Doddsville.”

For instance, on July 27, 2023, our model predicted Opendoor (OPEN) would soon hit $4.87 a share.

Twenty-four hours later, the stock hit that price. My team booked a 9.4% gain. That’s like growing your money 34 times in a year.

And you could have boosted that gain to 244% in just 24 hours with a special kind of trade.

Another example is restaurant chain Wingstop (WING). On June 4, our AI projected a 74% chance of it rising over the next 21 days to hit $384.87.

Wingstop reached that price within 24 hours. You could have booked a 3.6% gain… and boosted it to 156%.

Or take Tesla (TSLA). In May, our model projected it would hit $302.89 in 21 trading days.

It reached that price even faster than expected. We booked a 5.2% gain in 24 hours, which you could have boosted to 310%.

These gains are great. But my team and I wanted to make this technology even more accessible to everyday investors and even more powerful. That’s where our EMH math breakthrough comes in.

A Simple Portfolio With Superhuman Results

It turns the core mathematical concepts of EMH against itself.

The math is called Mean Variance Optimization (MVO). It’s mostly used to minimize risk while holding a broad, market-based portfolio.

But our research team used the same formula not to spread bets, but to concentrate capital into a handful of stocks with the highest potential payoff.

The chart below shows what happens when we applied our MVO model to the tech-heavy Nasdaq 100 (QQQ) ETF.

The blue line shows $10,000 invested in QQQ since January 2018. The orange line shows $10,000 put into the top five QQQ stocks selected by our MVO model on the same date.

The MVO-selected five stocks outperformed the QQQ by four-to-one.

But our team is never satisfied. And impressive as this was, it still wasn’t good enough. We then found a way to apply our MVO model to the stock projections our AI makes. The result is our AI Super Portfolio.

As I mentioned, it returned 374% a year on average in a five-year back test. But that’s just an average.

Last year, it returned 602%.

That’s more than 30x the return you’d have gotten holding the S&P 500 stocks for the year. And it’s more than 3x the return of Nvidia (NVDA) over the same time.

Even better, our system is easy to follow. You hold the five top stocks based on our AI’s projections. Then you rotate into a new set of five stocks when the AI says it’s time to sell.

That’s it… there’s nothing more to it. It takes no more than a few minutes, on average, once a week to maintain.

On Oct. 16, just three days from now, we’ll launch our first-ever live five-stock portfolio. Charter members will be the first to see which first stocks to buy. We’ll also give them instructions on when to sell and what to buy next.

I’d love you to join us. It never sat right with me that Wall Street and the index fund industry peddle the myth that the market is unbeatable.

But the sad truth is that millions of regular investors are happy to settle for average returns. This allows fund managers to sit on their hands and get rich on fees.

That’s great news for folks on Wall Street. It’s also one of the biggest scams in the market today – one that my team and I at TradeSmith are on a mission to expose.

So I hope you’ll clear some time in your schedule for my Super AI Trading Event. It kicks off one day before our charter intake, on Wednesday, Oct. 15, at 10 a.m. Eastern Time.

I’ll also show you how the system works, reveal one of its top trades, and get into how you can build your own AI-powered portfolio to potentially quadruple your money.

The markets aren’t unbeatable. You just need the right tools. That’s what next Wednesday’s event is all about.

Go here to claim your spot, and I’ll see you on Oct. 15.

Sincerely,

Keith Kaplan
CEO, TradeSmith

The post How a 1984 Debate Predicts Today’s AI Edge in the ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ appeared first on InvestorPlace.

]]>
<![CDATA[Walt Disney Upgraded, Southwest Airlines Downgraded: Updated Rankings on Top Blue-Chip Stocks]]> /market360/2025/10/20251013-blue-chip-upgrades-downgrades/ Are your holdings on the move? See my updated ratings for 115 stocks. n/a upgrade_1600 upgraded stocks ipmlc-3310045 Mon, 13 Oct 2025 12:29:59 -0400 Walt Disney Upgraded, Southwest Airlines Downgraded: Updated Rankings on Top Blue-Chip Stocks Louis Navellier Mon, 13 Oct 2025 12:29:59 -0400 During these busy times, it pays to stay on top of the latest profit opportunities. And today’s blog post should be a great place to start. After taking a close look at the latest data on institutional buying pressure and each company’s fundamental health, I decided to revise my Stock Grader recommendations for 115 big blue chips. Chances are that you have at least one of these stocks in your portfolio, so you may want to give this list a skim and act accordingly.

This Week’s Ratings Changes:

Upgraded: Strong to Very Strong

SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade AEPAmerican Electric Power Company, Inc.ABA ASNDAscendis Pharma A/S Sponsored ADRABA ATOAtmos Energy CorporationACA BBDBanco Bradesco SA Sponsored ADR PfdABA DGXQuest Diagnostics IncorporatedACA FTSFortis Inc.ACA GILDGilead Sciences, Inc.ABA MNSTMonster Beverage CorporationABA NTESNetease Inc Sponsored ADRACA NTRNutrien Ltd.ABA NXTNextracker Inc. Class AABA OKLOOklo Inc. Class AACA PUKPrudential plc Sponsored ADRACA SGISomnigroup International Inc.ACA TDToronto-Dominion BankACA XELXcel Energy Inc.ACA

Downgraded: Very Strong to Strong

SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade ASAmer Sports, Inc.ABB CASYCasey's General Stores, Inc.ACB CVNACarvana Co. Class ABAB ENBEnbridge Inc.ACB GMABGenmab A/S Sponsored ADRBBB JBLJabil Inc.BBB LRCXLam Research CorporationBBB PAASPan American Silver Corp.ABB PSKYParamount Skydance Corporation Class BABB STXSeagate Technology Holdings PLCACB TAT&T IncACB

Upgraded: Neutral to Strong

SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade AIZAssurant, Inc.BBB AMDAdvanced Micro Devices, Inc.BBB AWKAmerican Water Works Company, Inc.BCB BPBP PLC Sponsored ADRBCB CEGConstellation Energy CorporationBCB CMSCMS Energy CorporationBCB DISWalt Disney CompanyBBB DUOLDuolingo, Inc. Class ACBB EDConsolidated Edison, Inc.BCB FERGFerguson Enterprises Inc.BBB IBNICICI Bank Limited Sponsored ADRBCB NTRANatera, Inc.BCB PNWPinnacle West Capital CorpBCB RTORentokil Initial plc Sponsored ADRBCB SLFSun Life Financial Inc.BCB TOSTToast, Inc. Class ABBB VSTVistra Corp.BCB

Downgraded: Strong to Neutral

SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade APTVAptiv PLCCCC ASMLASML Holding NV Sponsored ADRCBC BIDUBaidu, Inc. Sponsored ADR Class ACCC CDNSCadence Design Systems, Inc.CCC CFGCitizens Financial Group, Inc.CCC CQPCheniere Energy Partners, L.P.CCC EWBCEast West Bancorp, Inc.CCC HLIHoulihan Lokey, Inc. Class ACBC HUMHumana Inc.CCC IVZInvesco Ltd.BDC KBKB Financial Group Inc. Sponsored ADRBCC KLACKLA CorporationCBC LOGILogitech International S.A.CBC MDTMedtronic PlcCCC MGAMagna International Inc.CBC NUNu Holdings Ltd. Class ACBC PFGCPerformance Food Group CoBCC RMDResMed Inc.CBC SCIService Corporation InternationalCCC SMFGSumitomo Mitsui Financial Group Inc Sponsored ADRCCC SSNCSS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc.CCC TAKTakeda Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Sponsored ADRCBC UBERUber Technologies, Inc.CCC UNMUnum GroupBCC VMCVulcan Materials CompanyBCC

Upgraded: Weak to Neutral

SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade AMEAMETEK, Inc.CCC BIPBrookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P.CDC BUDAnheuser-Busch InBev SA/NV Sponsored ADRCCC ELEstee Lauder Companies Inc. Class ACCC FMXFomento Economico Mexicano SAB de CV Sponsored ADR Class BCDC MCOMoody's CorporationDCC NEENextEra Energy, Inc.CCC PEGPublic Service Enterprise Group IncDCC PGRProgressive CorporationDBC RCIRogers Communications Inc. Class BCDC RIORio Tinto plc Sponsored ADRCCC RNRRenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd.DBC WATWaters CorporationCCC WDAYWorkday, Inc. Class ADBC

Downgraded: Neutral to Weak

SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade BXPBXP IncDCD DHID.R. Horton, Inc.DCD EQHEquitable Holdings, Inc.CFD EXPDExpeditors International of Washington, Inc.DCD FNFFidelity National Financial, Inc. - FNF GroupDCD GPCGenuine Parts CompanyDCD HONHoneywell International Inc.DCD LUVSouthwest Airlines Co.CDD MTBM&T Bank CorporationDCD NCLHNorwegian Cruise Line Holdings Ltd.DCD NWSANews Corporation Class ADCD PAAPlains All American Pipeline, L.P.DCD PBAPembina Pipeline CorporationDCD PHMPulteGroup, Inc.DCD PKGPackaging Corporation of AmericaDCD RACEFerrari NVDCD UNPUnion Pacific CorporationDCD WABWestinghouse Air Brake Technologies CorporationDCD WCNWaste Connections, Inc.DCD ZBHZimmer Biomet Holdings, Inc.DCD

Upgraded: Very Weak to Weak

SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade DOVDover CorporationFCD KDPKeurig Dr Pepper Inc.FCD ZTOZTO Express (Cayman), Inc. Sponsored ADR Class AFCD

Downgraded: Weak to Very Weak

SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade BAXBaxter International Inc.FCF CNCCentene CorporationFDF CNICanadian National Railway CompanyFCF FIFiserv, Inc.FCF FTVFortive Corp.FCF LENLennar Corporation Class AFDF MASMasco CorporationFCF ODFLOld Dominion Freight Line, Inc.FCF PKXPOSCO Holdings Inc. Sponsored ADRFDF

To stay on top of my latest stock ratings, plug your holdings into Stock Grader, my proprietary stock screening tool. But, you must be a subscriber to one of my premium services.

To learn more about my premium service, Growth Investor, and get my latest picks, go here. Or, if you are a member of one of my premium services, you can go here to get started.

Sincerely,

An image of a cursive signature in black text.

Louis Navellier

Editor, ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ 360

The post Walt Disney Upgraded, Southwest Airlines Downgraded: Updated Rankings on Top Blue-Chip Stocks appeared first on InvestorPlace.

]]>
<![CDATA[A New ‘Super Genius’ AI Is Here – Are You Ready to Profit?]]> /2025/10/a-new-super-genius-ai-is-here-are-you-ready-to-profit/ A breakthrough AI model is rewriting the rules of science, technology, and wealth creation n/a neon-brain-ai-circuitboard A neon brain integrated into a circuitboard, representing AI ipmlc-3309841 Mon, 13 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 A New ‘Super Genius’ AI Is Here – Are You Ready to Profit? Luke Lango Mon, 13 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: Artificial intelligence just crossed a line few thought possible… grasping the ability to think, reason, and solve problems better than even the smartest humans alive.

In the essay below, TradeSmith‘s Keith Kaplan breaks down this next leap – and how it’s reshaping everything from science to investing. His team’s latest breakthrough uses this new wave of “super genius” AI to forecast stock prices with up to 85% historical accuracy – projecting thousands of moves to the day and the penny.

The strategy it powers has shown an average annualized return of 374% across five turbulent years. And Next Wednesday, October 15, at 10:00 a.m. Eastern, Keith will pull back the curtain on this technology during The Super AI Trading Event

Read Keith’s story below to see why we’re calling this moment the start of a new era – one where AI isn’t just helping us invest… it’s outsmarting the market itself.

When most people hear “artificial intelligence,” they think about ChatGPT writing school essays, business emails, or even bedtime stories.

Or AI making lifelike photos and videos.

Neat features that make us a bit more productive. 

What they don’t think of are world-changing leaps that alter how we work, learn, and live. 

But they should.

AI is the fastest-evolving technology in history. And it just passed a huge milestone that tells me our world is about to be transformed.

The mainstream press barely covered it. But it shows we’re on the cusp of a profound technological, economic, and social revolution. 

Today, I want to share this incredible story with you. I’ll also reveal details of our latest breakthrough at TradeSmith – an investment system that uses advanced AI forecasting to potentially quadruple a model portfolio over the next year.

It projects future prices of 2,334 stocks up to 21 trading days out – to the day and even the penny – with 85% backtested accuracy.

And in a five-year study that included the pandemic, the 2022 crash, swings in interest rates, this year’s tariff tantrum, and two wars, this five-position strategy returned an average annual gain of 374%.

The Next AI Breakthrough: From Word Prediction to True Reasoning

At the end of 2024, OpenAI released its new o3 reasoning model to the public.

A reasoning model is different from older AIs. Instead of just predicting the next word, it can work through complex problems step by step, explain its logic, and refine its answers. Think of it as going from a fast typist to a true problem-solver.

And o3 has already shocked the experts.

It scored 25% on the FrontierMath benchmark – a test of extremely difficult math problems. Before o3, the best AI score was 2%.

The mathematician Terence Tao – often called the “Mozart of Math” – had said he expected these problems to resist AI “for several years at least.” But now, AI is cracking them years ahead of schedule.

In high-level science and math tests, o3 is already performing on par with the world’s rare “super geniuses.”

And the breakthroughs aren’t stopping there.

Take software coding. OpenAI’s o3 model scored 2,727 on Codeforces, a competitive programming platform. That puts it above 99.8% of human coders worldwide — equal to the very best 175 humans alive.

It’s a watershed moment.

In the next year, it’s likely o3 – or its successors – will be twice as good as the best human coder. Then 10 times… then 1,000 times.

This kind of leap is what biologists call a Cambrian Explosion – when life on Earth suddenly diversified into thousands of new species. 

The same thing happened during the dot-com boom, when the arrival of the internet spawned a new online economy and thousands of new companies to service it. Some failed. Some changed the world. Investors who caught the wave made fortunes. 

AI is about to trigger the same kind of explosion – only bigger, faster, and far more profitable.

AI Reaches ‘Super Genius’ Level – And It’s Just Getting Started

Another benchmark shows just how fast this is moving.

In late 2024, the o3 model beat human PhDs on the GPQA Diamond benchmark – a brutal set of graduate-level questions in physics, biology, and chemistry.

AI is now solving problems in math and science better than the smartest experts on the planet.

This table says it all:

Put simply, AI has achieved “super genius” level IQ in math and science — something even leading researchers thought was decades away.

And thanks to new training techniques, bigger datasets, and falling costs, many insiders believe we’re on the brink of runaway growth. 

Soon, AI systems will train their successors, which will train their successors… kicking off a cascade of ever-smarter machines.

The implications of this are hard to get your head around. But let me paint a picture for you…

Super Genius AI Will Redefine Jobs, Wealth, and Society

In just 12 months…

  • Doctors will rely on AI for diagnosis and treatment options. Not using it will be malpractice.
  • Universities will roll out AI professors who are smarter than any human educator.
  • Lawyers and accountants will lose ground to AI advisors that work faster, cheaper, and with deeper expertise.

And the same thing is happening in investing.

The world is about to be flooded with AI systems that are 100 times smarter than the best human analysts.

They never sleep. They crunch numbers 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. And markets are nothing but numbers: GDP changes, interest rates, company revenues, stock prices, options data.

It’s no accident that the most successful hedge fund in history – Jim Simons’ Medallion Fund – was run by mathematicians. Medallion averaged about 66% a year since 1988. It was so profitable, he eventually returned all outside investor money and kept the fund for employees only.

How did he do it? By building massive datasets – on stock prices, bond yields, currencies, options, commodities, and more – and using powerful computers to spot patterns hidden from the human eye.

And compared to what’s coming with super genius AI, even Medallion will look quaint.

How to Use Advanced AI to Build a Portfolio That Could Quadruple

Instead of trying to outsmart these new machines, I’ve hired them.

I’ve spent the past six months applying “super genius” number-crunching AI to create a breakthrough new trading system. And in our backtests, the results have been unlike anything we’ve seen before.

As I mentioned, we’ve shown it could have made an average annual gain of 374% over the last five years. And that’s just the average gain. 

Last year, following this strategy would have delivered a 602% return.

That’s more than three times the return of Nvidia (NVDA) over the same time. And it’s more than 30 times the return of the S&P 500.

Even better, this strategy is simple to follow.

There’s a lot of complex math going on under the hood, but you won’t notice it’s there. You simply buy the AI’s best five trades every week and sell when they hit their projection.

That’s it… You’ll have to check in on the portfolio, on average, once a week and follow basic instructions.

I’ll show you exactly how it works – and how you can use it – in our upcoming Super AI Trading Event, next Wednesday, Oct. 15 at 10 a.m. Eastern Time.

I’ll show you the technology behind our new Super AI and the gains it’s flagged. I’ll also show why our five-position strategy works – and how you can build your own AI portfolio to try to quadruple your money over the next 12 months.

I’ll even pass along one of our AI’s top trades as a thank you for attending.

Here’s the link again to save your spot.

I hope to see you there!

The post A New ‘Super Genius’ AI Is Here – Are You Ready to Profit? appeared first on InvestorPlace.

]]>
<![CDATA[Why Amazon Isn’t Really in Its “Primeâ€â€¦ and Where to Find a Better Deal]]> /smartmoney/2025/10/amazon-isnt-prime-where-better-deal/ A great company is not always a great investment when the price is too high… n/a amzn_amazon_2_1600 Closeup of the Amazon logo at Amazon campus in Palo Alto, California. The Palo Alto location hosts A9 Search, Amazon Web Services, and Amazon Game Studios teams. AMZN stock ipmlc-3309940 Sun, 12 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Why Amazon Isn’t Really in Its “Primeâ€â€¦ and Where to Find a Better Deal Eric Fry Sun, 12 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Hello, Reader.

The bigger they are, the harder they fall.

That saying goes for erstwhile empires, champion sports teams, successful businesses… and shopping sprees. Specifically, splurging during Amazon.com Inc.’s (AMZN) Prime Day.

The online retail giant held its second deal extravaganza of the year this past week, on October 7 and 8. And early indicators show that its October Prime Day’s performance didn’t live up to the success of its four-day July event.  

October’s average order size dropped 15% from July, down from $53.54 to $45.42. And 44% of orders were for less than $20, compared with 37% in July.

Even before this week’s lackluster Prime Day performance, I have long considered Amazon to be a “Sell.” And in today’s Smart Money, I’ll break down exactly why.  

Then, I’ll introduce you to a different online retailer that I believe offers a better deal than any offered on Prime Day.

Let’s dive in…

Pressuring Profits

Now, I don’t usually recommend high-profile stocks. The reason is simple: By the time a company becomes a household name, its explosive early-growth phase is usually behind it.

Additionally, high-profile stocks usually carry high valuations. And a great company is not always a great investment when the price is too high.

But I made a rare exception in March 2023 when I recommended Amazon to my Fry’s Investment Report members. At the time, its AI investment opportunity was too large to ignore.

But what now has become too large to ignore is the company’s sky-high valuation and increased spending.

Since my initial recommendation in March 2023, Amazon has added around $1.3 trillion to its market value. In percentage terms, the company has advanced 137%, compared to the S&P 500’s gain of 74%.

I exited Amazon in October 2024, delivering my subscribers a return of 107%. And since then, Amazon’s AI spending is getting noticeably expensive.

The company’s free cash flow nosedived to $18.2 billion from $53.9 billion last year as Amazon ramped up capital spending on AI infrastructure. It spent $32.2 billion on property and equipment in the second quarter – close to double last year’s $17.6 billion. Most of that went toward data centers and AI capabilities.

Amazon is set to release its third quarter earnings for 2025 at the end of this month. And while they are expected to beat analysts’ expectations, I don’t recommend the Prime Day dealer. Spending is only rising and will soon put more weight on the tech giant’s profitability.

And there’s one other important factor I haven’t mentioned yet…

Getting the Best Deal

Tariffs.

Amazon is going to be one of the prime (no pun intended) victims of the current administration’s trade war, primarily the company’s core e-commerce business. Up to 70% of what you see on Amazon comes from China. Tariffs on those goods mean that Amazon could lose its competitive edge entirely. 

In its last quarterly report, the company pointed to “recessionary fears” and “tariffs and trade policies” as factors that could impact its guidance, for the second consecutive quarter.

And on Friday, President Trump threatened a “massive increase in tariffs” on Chinese products imported into the U.S., citing export controls that China imposed on rare earths. Amazon fell around 5% as a result.

So, if Amazon isn’t the best deal on an online retailer out there, what is?

In my opinion, it’s a virtually unknown, fast-growing online retailer that could be like buying Amazon 20 years ago, but with an even bigger competitive advantage.

And the smart money is already moving away from Amazon and toward this online retailer. Projections are showing that it could become 700% more profitable by 2027.

I put all the details of this undervalued company in my special broadcast.

I also share a list of stocks I believe every investor should buy now – and what stocks everyone should drop immediately. These are under-the-radar, early opportunities that can help you protect and multiply your money during these make-or-break markets.

Click here to learn more.

Regards,

Eric Fry

The post Why Amazon Isn’t Really in Its “Prime”… and Where to Find a Better Deal appeared first on InvestorPlace.

]]>
<![CDATA[Keith Kaplan’s AI System Is Back — With 3 Fresh Picks]]> /2025/10/keith-kaplans-ai-system-3-picks/ Keith’s powerful AI tool just lit up three new winners. n/a big-tech-ai-profit-margin-expansion A concept image of a developer working on a laptop, overlaid with binary code and rising graph lines to represent AI in Big Tech driving earnings growth; Amazon, Microsoft, Meta, Tesla, Alphabet ipmlc-3309877 Sun, 12 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400 Keith Kaplan’s AI System Is Back — With 3 Fresh Picks Thomas Yeung Sun, 12 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400 Tom Yeung here with your Sunday Digest.

In August, I introduced a stock-picking system developed by TradeSmith CEO Keith Kaplan and his team and drew your attention to three stocks it flagged.

It’s a system that uses a powerful blend of technical signals and bottom-up research to pinpoint the highest-probability trades. According to research from Keith’s team, this strategy would have turned $1,000 into $90 million over the past three decades.

I hope you tuned in to that Digest

Because in the days following, one of the three picks the system recommended began to break out. By the end of August, the overall portfolio returned 8%, even as the S&P 500 traded sideways.

Now, Keith and I realize that trading this way can prove burdensome. Even though generating an 8% return every two weeks theoretically quintuples a portfolio within a year, achieving those returns involves a lot of trading.

And so, this week, Keith and his team are introducing a streamlined, all-in-one version called the AI Super Portfolio, which constantly updates you about the system’s five best stocks at any given time. It’s a near-autopilot system that replaces older stocks with new ones as opportunities arise. With it, you could’ve booked a 502% gain last year alone.

In fact, Keith and his team are so confident about the system that they are offering Digest readers limited-time access to their underlying system. With this access, you’ll be able to see its stock-price forecasts for over 2,300 companies, including some you already might own.

And I hope you’ll see how essential the AI Super Portfolio is in helping sift through the best of the best. In addition, trying out the portfolio will give you access to Keith’s presentation on October 15 at 10 a.m. ET, where he will explain the details of the AI Super Portfolio, and how you can get started using this powerful new tool.

Click here to try it out for yourself.

In the meantime, I’ve been given permission to share three more of the system’s current top picks to illustrate its power in identifying short-term winners.

Bringing Drones Into the Military

In August, I recommended shares of Ondas Holdings Inc. (ONDS), a defense startup building drones to hunt other drones. Flying robots are dangerous to shoot down in populated areas, and Ondas has developed an elegant solution that doesn’t involve firing a flak cannon above a crowd. Instead, the company’s “drone-in-a-box” system shoots ballistic nets and parachutes at enemy drones to safely lower threats to the ground.

Shares of this startup have risen 150% in the six or so weeks since that recommendation.

Now, the obvious trouble with small defense startups like Ondas is that they lack the resources to fulfill large military contracts. It’s one thing to build a dozen drones for a customer… and quite another to assemble 100,000 of them for the U.S. Army. That’s why “prime” contractors like Lockheed Martin Corp. (LMT) and General Dynamics Corp. (GD) have grown so large. It’s also why the primes largely avoid dealing with smaller firms like Ondas.

But medium-sized contractors like Kratos Defense & Security Solutions Inc. (KTOS) offer a way out. These midcap firms are large enough to take $100 million military contracts… yet small enough to care about startups like Ondas.

That’s likely why Keith’s system has highlighted Kratos as a potential “Buy.”

Over the past several weeks, drone threats have become even more pronounced. On September 9, roughly two dozen drones entered Poland’s airspace after allegedly being launched from Russia. The incursion was serious enough for Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk to request invoking Article 4 of the North Atlantic Treaty.

Then, on October 3, authorities were forced to shut down both runways at Germany’s Munich Airport after numerous drone sightings. Less than a week later, Germany’s cabinet approved legislation authorizing the nation’s federal police to shoot down rogue drones.

That puts Kratos in an incredible position. The San Diego-based firm has a long history of inking nine-figure deals with various military branches. Most recently, it was awarded a $175 million contract to upgrade the U.S. Navy’s radar system. And the company is one phone call away from making a deal with startups like Ondas to bring anti-drone technologies to the U.S. military and abroad.

Though shares of Kratos are pricey (and therefore have limited long-term upside), the buzz around drones is currently too loud to ignore. KTOS is a “Buy” for short-term gains.

Keith’s system projects that KTOS will rise 17% over the next 30 days. Its forecasts for this stock have a historical accuracy rate of 82.81%.

Riding the Robotaxi Revolution

Earlier this year, robotaxi firm Waymo overtook Lyft Inc. (LYFT) to become the second-largest taxi/rideshare service in the San Francisco area. Ridership has surged 56-fold since 2023, and autonomous vehicles now account for one in five taxi rides in the city.

Robotaxi services have grown even faster in China. Baidu Inc.’s (BIDU) Apollo Go alone reported 2.2 million fully driverless rides in the second quarter. Pony.ai and WeRide Inc. (WRD) likely double that figure.

That’s proving a windfall for Hesai Group (HSAI), the world’s largest producer of robotaxi lidar systems – the “eyes” of self-driving cars. Hesai controls around 61% of the market, and revenues at this Chinese firm have more than doubled since 2022. They are expected to double again by the end of 2026.

Those are bullish signs for Hesai’s stock, which Keith’s system believes will rise 10.5% over the next 30 days. The system has a 78.13% historical target accuracy on the stock.

There is support for this bullish view. In late September, Baidu said it is exploring new markets for its robotaxis, including Australia and Southeast Asia. The Chinese tech giant (a Hesai customer) also received trial licenses from Dubai authorities, allowing it to double the size of its fleet in the United Arab Emirates.

We may also see positive news from Tesla Inc. (TSLA), which has avoided using lidar so far. The EV company has recently struggled to get robotaxi licenses from U.S. regulators after suffering numerous self-driving crashes in low-visibility conditions. Lidar technologies offer a way out because, like radar, they can “see” in total darkness.

So, even though shares of Hesai slipped 9% this week due to profit-taking on Chinese stocks, Keith’s system sees this as a sign to buy the dip rather than sell.

The New Gold Rush

Finally, it’s been hard to escape the headlines about the U.S. government getting involved in American mining.

  • MP Materials Corp. (MP). In July, shares of the rare earths miner doubled in price after the U.S. Department of Defense acquired a 15% stake.
  • Lithium Americas Corp. (LAC). On October 1, the Canadian lithium startup, which is developing a mine in Nevada, rose by a similar margin after the U.S. Department of Energy said it would take a 10% stake.
  • Trilogy Metals Inc. (TMQ). The company’s shares tripled this week after the U.S. government took a 10% stake to support Alaskan mining exploration.

Which company could be next?

One bet worth considering is Energy Fuels Inc. (UUUU), a firm Keith’s system believes has a 16.9% upside over the next 30 days. The system has an 83.59% historical target accuracy on the stock, making UUUU one of its highest conviction picks.

Energy Fuels is the largest American producer of uranium. The Colorado-based company mined 665,000 pounds of the nuclear material in the second quarter, and plans to continue scaling production through 2026 as prices continue to climb. The company also operates the largest uranium processing facility in America.

In addition, Energy Fuels has significant exposure to rare earths – an area the Trump administration has recently promoted. The firm operates the only facility in America able to process monazite, a type of rare earth ore, and expects to be “first out of the block” in producing heavy rare earth oxides later this year.

It’s no surprise that two weeks ago, a U.S. congressional delegation visited the company’s processing facility in White Mesa, Utah.

That’s why a small speculative bet on this company could make a great deal of sense. Though shares are expensive from a fundamental standpoint, investors have shown little concern for traditional valuations once the government steps in with a deal.

Signs of a government investment to come?

Introducing the AI Super Portfolio

You might have noticed that the three companies I mentioned are time-sensitive.

Consider what happens if:

  • Kratos makes a deal with Ondas…
  • Hesai lands a contract with Tesla…
  • Or the U.S. government buys a piece of Energy Fuels.

Any of these three scenarios would trigger an immediate double-digit gain in share prices.

However, any gain should also come with profit-taking, given the high starting prices of these companies. After all, momentum trades only work well when shares still have room to go up.

So, I urge you to sign up for your free trial of Keith’s system.

And most importantly, be sure to watch his presentation on the AI Super Portfolio, where he outlines how to use his system to turn these high-potential trading ideas into even greater profits.

Until next week,

Tom Yeung, CFA

ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Analyst, InvestorPlace

Thomas Yeung is a market analyst and portfolio manager of the Omnia Portfolio, the highest-tier subscription at InvestorPlace. He is the former editor of Tom Yeung’s Profit & Protection, a free e-letter about investing to profit in good times and protecting gains during the bad.

The post Keith Kaplan’s AI System Is Back — With 3 Fresh Picks appeared first on InvestorPlace.

]]>
<![CDATA[How Did These Stocks Jump 200% So Fast?]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/how-did-these-stocks-jump-200-so-fast/ Fortunes are made in these melt-ups n/a chatgpt image oct 10, 2025, 04_03_15 pm ipmlc-3309925 Sun, 12 Oct 2025 08:30:00 -0400 How Did These Stocks Jump 200% So Fast? Luke Lango and the InvestorPlace Research Staff Sun, 12 Oct 2025 08:30:00 -0400 Picture the late 1990s: A young entrepreneur named Mark Cuban sells his start-up at the peak of the dot-com mania and walks away a billionaire. He made his fortune in what was undeniably a bubble – a “stupid” market where prices made no sense. Fast forward to today, and we’re in a similarly crazy market frenzy fueled by artificial intelligence (AI).

The lesson?

ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s can remain stupid long enough to make fortunes.

In other words, bubbles aren’t just harbingers of doom – they’re also where bold investors can strike it rich (if they play it right).

Watch our latest Being Exponential With Luke Lango to learn more:

Why the Bubble Brewing Is Not All Bad

By many accounts, an AI bubble is forming. Tech visionaries from Sam Altman to Jeff Bezos have hinted at an “industrial revolution” vibe – explosive growth with frothy valuations.

We see sketchy signs: startups cutting circular deals (like OpenAI swapping equity for chips with Advanced Micro Devices (AMD) and Nvidia (NVDA)), and companies burning cash for breakneck expansion. Even Oracle’s (ORCL) latest results showed razor-thin margins (around 16% vs. the usual 70% in cloud computing) on its AI cloud services – a crack in the facade of AI profitability. And yet, no one is running for the hills.

History reminds us that bubbles can inflate far longer than skeptics expect. Between late 1999 and early 2000, the Nasdaq doubled in a final blow-off top.

Today feels similar.

One famed investor said this market feels like October ’99 – poised for a “melt-up” rally.

Our take is that we might only be in late ’98, with 12-plus months of runway left. Fortunes are made in these melt-ups. The key is to ride the wave and know there’s a cliff somewhere ahead.

Riding the President’s Portfolio – Front-Run Uncle Sam

One big tailwind propping up this “stupid” market: Uncle Sam is literally picking winners. The U.S. government has started assembling what we dub the “President’s Portfolio”: taking equity stakes in companies deemed critical to national security (from chips to minerals). Every time the White House blesses a stock, its share price goes ballistic.

Recent examples include:

  • MP Materials (MP) – Rare-earth miner; jumped over 200% in two months after a Defense Dept. investment.
  • Intel (INTC) – U.S. chip giant; climbed ~90% in two months after the feds took a 10% stake.
  • Lithium Americas (LAC) – Lithium producer; doubled in mere weeks once Washington put in funding.
  • Trilogy Metals (TMQ) – Alaskan critical metals firm; soared 200%+ in a day on news of a White House stake.
  • Critical Metals Corp. (CRML) – Rare earths in Greenland; spiked 60% on rumors of a U.S. deal (later partially walked back).

These are some of the fastest gains we’ve ever seen. And it’s likely not over.

The “President’s Portfolio” is adding holdings at a pace of roughly one per month, aiming for a well-rounded supply chain arsenal – from miners to battery makers to chip fabricators.

For retail investors, one strategy is to follow the money: identify which critical sector or company Washington might target next, and get in before the news hits.

In a market hungry for any AI-adjacent plays, a government seal of approval can be a ticket to instant hypergrowth.

Betting on the New AI King – OpenAI and Tokenized Access

Meanwhile, the hottest name in AI – OpenAI – has become the world’s most valuable startup virtually overnight, recently reaching a stunning $500 billion valuation. That’s bigger than SpaceX and on par with some Dow 30 companies – and achieved in just a few years.

But regular investors were completely shut out. OpenAI’s meteoric rise from $0 to $500B had zero retail participation, since it’s privately held by VCs and tech giants. It’s a textbook case of the rich getting richer, and it highlights a massive opportunity gap.

Now, innovators are looking to bridge that gap. Firms like Robinhood (HOOD) are exploring tokenization – essentially turning private shares into crypto tokens that anyone can buy in fractional amounts.

If OpenAI were tokenized, everyday folks could finally own a slice of the action. This is why we’re excited about the infrastructure enabling such democratization. For example, Solana (SOL/USD) is a lightning-fast blockchain platform well-suited for asset tokenization. Fintech disruptors like Coinbase (COIN), SoFi (SOFI), and of course Robinhood are all working on ways to tokenize equity or offer access to private deals.

It won’t happen overnight, but the momentum is building. In fact, Wall Street and Washington are increasingly backing tokenization as the next big evolution in investing (a potential $16 trillion opportunity, by some estimates).

For those eager to bet on OpenAI’s success right now, one clever workaround is via SuRo Capital (SSSS). SuRo is a publicly traded venture fund – and one of its holdings is a stake in OpenAI.

In effect, SSSS gives retail investors indirect exposure to Sam Altman’s AI juggernaut. (Another example is Destiny Tech100 (DXYZ), a closed-end fund with SpaceX exposure, though we view OpenAI’s prospects as more exciting than SpaceX at the moment.) In short, if Sam Altman – whom some have called the new king of tech – keeps delivering, funds like SSSS could ride those coattails higher.

Side note: Sam Altman’s leadership is legendary. One mentor joked, “If you parachuted Sam onto an island of cannibals, in five years he’d be their king.” That indomitable drive has led OpenAI to sign massive deals (Nvidia reportedly plans to invest up to $100 billion in the company). Some might call it reckless growth, but there’s speculation that Altman’s aggressive moves come with an implicit safety net – he’s gotten quite cozy with the powers in Washington. If push comes to shove, many believe the government wouldn’t let OpenAI fail. For investors, that “too important to fail” aura only adds to the euphoric narrative propelling AI stocks.

Hypergrowth Hotspots: From Flying Taxis to Quantum Computers

Beyond AI software and mining stocks, a whole ecosystem of next-generation technologies is heating up – and catching bids from investors who want in on the “next big thing.” Here are a few sectors and stocks making waves:

  • Flying EVs (eVTOL Aircraft): Electric air taxi prototypes are taking flight. Just this month, Joby Aviation (JOBY) completed successful test flights at a California air show, impressing onlookers with its vertical takeoff craft. Joby aims to launch commercial air taxi service by 2026. Its rival Archer Aviation (ACHR) is not far behind, and both stocks have been climbing back toward their highs. This isn’t sci-fi anymore – it’s a burgeoning industry that could redefine urban transport, and the market is starting to price that in.
  • Quantum Computing: After years of R&D, quantum tech is entering a commercial era. Stocks like IonQ (IONQ) and Rigetti Computing (RGTI) have blasted to new 52-week highs lately. These companies are proving useful quantum systems can be built, and enterprises are beginning to explore their use. 
  • AI Infrastructure “Arms Dealers”: The big AI boom isn’t just enriching household names like Nvidia. Lesser-known players are riding the wave by providing the picks and shovels for AI’s gold rush. Two examples we love are CoreWeave and Nebula (often dubbed the “Ferrari and Lamborghini” of the new cloud). 
  • Crypto & Stablecoins: It’s not just speculative meme coins bouncing back – the crypto space is evolving with real financial infrastructure. Stablecoins, digital tokens pegged to fiat currencies, are surging in adoption and could redefine global finance. New U.S. legislation on stablecoins is in the works, and if passed, it could unleash a $4 trillion flood into this “crypto dollar” economy. Keep an eye on this space, especially as Washington’s stance evolves.

The Bottom Line

Retail investors today are not just passive observers; they’re key players in this exponential era. Whether it’s by front-running the White House’s next investment, snagging a proxy stake in the hottest AI startup, or leveraging new platforms to amplify their edge, opportunity abounds

Yes, the market may be acting “stupid” – pricing some stocks well beyond fundamentals. But as we’ve learned, stupid markets can stay irrational longer than skeptics stay solvent. Rather than fight the trend, savvy investors will ride it – with a plan for when gravity kicks in.

In practical terms: Focus on the mega-trends with real momentum (AI, quantum, electrification, blockchain). 

Take advantage of democratizing forces (like tokenization) that open doors previously closed to Main Street. 

And above all, maintain agility. When this bubble eventually cools or bursts, those who prepared will keep their fortunes, while latecomers chasing quick bucks might be left holding the bag. For now, though, the bubble is your friend. Ride it wisely, and it just might make you rich.

The post How Did These Stocks Jump 200% So Fast? appeared first on InvestorPlace.

]]>
<![CDATA[This Once-Forgotten ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Is Quietly Beating the S&P — Here’s How to Play It]]> /smartmoney/2025/10/once-forgotten-market-quietly-beating-sp-play-it/ A new era of leadership could reignite Japan’s growth engine… n/a japan stocks1600 Finance of Japan concept. Asset management. Stock market. Japan stock market crash ipmlc-3309805 Sat, 11 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 This Once-Forgotten ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Is Quietly Beating the S&P — Here’s How to Play It Eric Fry Sat, 11 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Hello, Reader.

Renewal. Recovery. New beginnings.

As the unofficial, but widely recognized, flower of Japan, the cherry blossom represents the blossoming of fresh starts and the communal joy of sharing in such.

It is a fitting symbol for this week’s rally in Japanese stocks.

This weekend, Sanae Takaichi was named the new leader of Japan’s ruling Liberal Democratic Party. This all but guarantees that she will become prime minister.

Now, investors see this as a sign that Japan may resume aggressive government spending and a continuation of loose monetary policy. Takaichi supports bigger government budgets, more infrastructure and defense spending, and low interest rates.

Basically, increased spending.

And more spending typically means more growth. That is why the Nikkei 225, Japan’s benchmark index, jumped to record highs following Takaichi’s election. It closed above 47,000 for the first time on Monday and opened above 48,000 on Thursday.

The Tokyo Stock Price Index (TOPIX), which tracks domestic companies, also rose this week, as did Japanese ETFs. This reflects broader enthusiasm in Japanese equities.

But when governments spend more and the central banks keep rates low, currencies tend to weaken. So, while Japanese stocks and funds rose on Monday, the yen weakened 0.11% to ¥150.49 against the U.S. dollar.

Now, in order for the weakening yen to be a positive sign for a Japanese rally, it’s important that it weakens slowly, around ¥150–155 per dollar. It is currently trading around ¥152 against the greenback.

This would support exporters. A weaker yen helps Japan’s big exporters – like Toyota Motor Corp. (TM) and Sony Group Corp. (SONY) – because their overseas profits are worth more in yen.

The bottom line is that Japan’s current rally is built on hope — hope that fiscal stimulus and monetary easing could equal growth and profits. But, of course, Takaichi, isn’t prime minister yet.

Regardless, this week’s rally follows an already increasing interest in the Japanese economy.

So in today’s Smart Money, let’s take a look at the strengths driving Japan’s market higher. I’ll share my continued outlook for this foreign market… and the best way to capitalize on the current opportunity.

Let’s dive in…

From Lost to Found

The Japanese economy has already regained a solid financial footing since its “Lost Decades” – when the Nikkei 225 tumbled nearly 50% within nine months of hitting its all-time high in 1989… and continued sliding lower for two decades.

But from that low-water mark, the Japanese stock market started a long road back to respectability and relevance.

For example, domestic consumption has been trending higher for the last four years. During the last three years, retail sales growth has surged more than 3.5% per year. That rate is 20 times higher than the compound growth rate of the preceding 30 years.

Consumption will likely continue to lead Japan’s GDP growth, thanks to strong employment and wage growth trends. The unemployment rate has dropped to just 2.6%, which is close to 30-year lows. At the same time, annual wage growth is accelerating by nearly 3%, which is a 30-year high.

Acknowledging these trends, the Bank of Japan upgraded its assessment of private consumption from “resilient” to “projected to increase moderately, mainly reflecting the rise in wage growth.”

Japanese businesses are also opening their wallets and spending.

Capital investment rose 8.1% in 2024 and is trending sharply higher. Expressed as a percentage of GDP, capital investment has climbed to 26%, which is the highest level in 16 years.

Japanese stocks are beginning to reflect these positive trends, and three powerful factors could combine to boost their share prices sharply higher…

  • Japanese companies have become more devoted to returning capital to shareholders.
  • The Japanese government is incentivizing individual investors to buy stocks in their retirement accounts.
  • Mergers and acquisitions are on the rise. A growing number of Japanese companies are using their large cash reserves to acquire other companies.
  • As positive economic trends build upon one another, Japanese economic growth should continue to accelerate, lighting further fire under Japanese stocks.

    In fact, at the start of this year, I predicted that “lowly valued… foreign stock markets [would] outperform the S&P 500 this year… the Japanese stock market, for example, could deliver a surprisingly strong performance.”

    And so far, my prediction has come true…

    How to Capitalize on Japan’s Outperformance

    Year-t0-date, the Nikkei 225 has advanced 20%, compared to the S&P 500’s 14% gain. I expect this outperformance to continue.

    The bottom line is that Japanese stocks are strong right now, riding a wave of optimism around expected stimulus, favorable policies, and a weak yen.

    To capitalize on the opportunity, I recommend using a “broadbrush” approach. Specifically, I recommend a $12.9 billion ETF devoted to Japanese stocks. 

    Six of the top 10 holdings in its portfolio are major exporters and will benefit from a weaker yen.

    Additionally, this trade offers a compelling way to diversify from U.S. stocks. Assuming the Japanese economy continues its current growth trajectory, this play could produce solid double-digit gains for several years – even if the U.S. stock market falters somewhat.

    You can learn how to access the name of my broadbrush Japanese recommendation by joining me at Fry’s Investment Report.

    As a member, you will receive all of my latest research, alerts, and updates – including my continued outlook on Japanese stocks.

    Click here to learn more.

    Regards,

    Eric Fry

    The post This Once-Forgotten ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Is Quietly Beating the S&P — Here’s How to Play It appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The AI That’s Changing How Investors See Stocks]]> /2025/10/ai-changing-how-investors-see-stocks/ TradeSmith CEO Keith Kaplan shares how his team trained an AI to forecast short-term stock movements. n/a ai-stock-rising-graph A rising candlestick graph to represent the exponential potential of AI stocks ipmlc-3309865 Sat, 11 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400 The AI That’s Changing How Investors See Stocks Luis Hernandez Sat, 11 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400 The AI Predicting Storms Is Now Giving Investors an Edge

    Editor’s Note: Artificial intelligence is transforming nearly every field—from weather forecasting to investing.

    Today, I’m featuring an essay from Keith Kaplan, CEO of our corporate affiliate TradeSmith, about a remarkable new AI that’s been trained to analyze the stock market. Inspired by the same kind of technology built to outperform the most powerful weather models, this “Super AI” has shown it can project short-term stock movements with surprising accuracy.

    In his piece below, Keith explains how this breakthrough came about—and how investors can use it to potentially improve their results in today’s fast-changing market.

    He’ll also be hosting a free online event next week to demonstrate how the system works and share one of its latest stock forecasts.

    Read on for the full story.

    Have a great weekend,

    Luis Hernandez

    In early July 2024, Hurricane Beryl was tearing across the Caribbean with winds topping 165 miles per hour. By the time it made landfall, it had killed 36 people, left millions without power, and caused billions of dollars in damage.

    For decades, forecasters have used giant supercomputers to track storms like this. They take readings from satellites, ships, and planes. Then they grind through complex physics equations about how air and water move. It can take more than an hour to produce a single 10-day forecast.

    When Beryl formed, forecasts from a top European weather agency pointed to Mexico as the likely target for landfall.

    But an experimental forecasting system called GraphCast, which can run on something as small as a laptop, disagreed. Days in advance, it predicted the storm would make landfall in Texas.

    When Beryl struck Matagorda Bay, Texas, on July 8, it was GraphCast – not the world’s most advanced supercomputer – that had been right all along.

    GraphCast was created by Google’s DeepMind AI lab. It’s trained on 40 years of weather data. And it can produce a 10-day forecast in 60 seconds.

    Instead of solving complex equations, it spots hidden patterns in past weather data. This allows it to see further and faster than traditional physics-based models.

    This was a turning point for meteorology. A laptop-scale AI beat the most powerful forecasting engines on Earth.

    And if AI can decode the weather, what might it do with the other great chaotic system of modern life: the stock market?

    My team of 74 researchers and developers at TradeSmith has been putting our $8 million annual budget to work to find out.

    And after years of development and testing, we’ve created a new “Super AI.” Instead of learning from weather patterns, it learns from stock market data. And the results have blown us away.

    It can project future prices of 2,334 stocks up to 21 trading days out – to the day and even the penny – with 85% backtested accuracy.

    Today, I’ll show you how it works – and how you can use it to dramatically up your odds of success as an investor. First, it’s important to understand the common thread between predicting storm paths and stock market prices.

    A Butterfly Flaps Its Wings…

    In 1961, MIT meteorologist Edward Lorenz was tinkering with a rudimentary weather model on a Royal McBee computer.

    It was the size of a fridge, spat out forecasts on long rolls of paper, and could take an hour just to process a handful of equations.

    To save time, Lorenz tried a shortcut. He rounded one of his inputs from six decimal points to three. He let the computer run while he stepped out for coffee. When he came back, the forecast had transformed. A calm weather pattern had become a raging storm.

    What Lorenz discovered is that tiny changes can snowball into huge effects. He called it the “butterfly effect” because a butterfly flapping its wings in Brazil might set off a tornado in Texas.

    Weather systems can shift on a dime because they’re dynamic, not linear. Even the tiniest change, like a gust of wind or a seemingly minor increase in humidity, can cascade into a wildly different outcome.

    ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s are the same.

    Every trading day, markets absorb thousands of tiny shocks. A Fed comment, a surprise earnings miss, even a social-media post can shift sentiment.

    These are financial “butterfly effects.” Tiny shifts that ripple through the system and hit the prices of thousands of stocks.

    That’s why the world’s best hedge funds have spent decades building algorithms to capture them. Take Jim Simons’ Medallion Fund. It’s averaged 66% annual returns since 1988 by spotting financial butterfly effects hidden in vast stock market datasets.

    At their core, forecasting storms and forecasting stock prices face the same problem. Both are dynamic systems where tiny changes create outsized consequences.

    That’s why at TradeSmith, we built our own Super AI to read the market’s turbulence the way GraphCast reads the weather.

    I don’t mind pulling back the curtain on it today. It’s nearly impossible to replicate. It takes decades of market data, thousands of hour of programming, and a dedicated research team to stitch it all together.

    Which is why funds like Medallion keep their edge locked away.

    From Storm Paths to Stock Prices

    It’s a kind of AI model called a TimeGPT.

    It isn’t designed to write text or generate images. Instead, it forecasts what’s known as time-series data.

    Think of stock prices like storm tracks: data points lined up in time, where each moment connects to the ones before, and hidden patterns influence what comes next.

    GraphCast works the same way. It doesn’t solve physics equations from scratch. It learns from decades of weather data to see how storms grow and move.

    And just as weather forecasters don’t want to miss the next hurricane, investors can’t afford to miss the next “Hurricane Nvidia,” “Hurricane Apple,” or “Hurricane Tesla.”

    Our AI is built to see those storms before they hit.

    You can see what I mean from the results from our backtests…

    On July 27, 2023, our model predicted Opendoor (OPEN) would soon hit a price of $4.87.

    The stock hit that price just 24 hours later. And my team booked a 9.4% gain on that pick.

    That’s like growing your money 34 times in a year.

    And you could have boosted that gain to 244% in just 24 hours with a special kind of trade.

    Or take this past May, when our model predicted Tesla (TSLA) would hit $302.89 in 21 trading days.

    It reached the price we forecast even faster than expected. We booked a 5.2% gain in just 24 hours. And you could have boosted it to 310% over the same time.

    But as impressive as those gains are, we found you could have done even better with a five-stock portfolio strategy. You simply buy the best five trades every week – all with an unusually high 85% historical accuracy – and sell when they hit their projection.

    Last year alone, you could have made a 602% gain with this five-stock strategy.

    That’s more than 30x the return you’d have gotten holding the S&P 500 stocks for the year. And it’s more than 3x the return of Wall Street darling Nvidia (NVDA) over the same time.

    And in a five-year study that included the pandemic, the 2022 crash, swings in interest rates, this year’s tariff tantrum, and two wars, this five-stock strategy returned an average annual gain 374%.

    Even better, it’s simple to follow. With just a couple of minutes’ attention every week, it crushes the returns most investors are making.

    That’s why I hope you’ll join me for my Super AI Trading Event. It kicks off Wednesday, Oct. 15, at 10 a.m. Eastern Time.

    I’ll show you the technology behind our new Super AI and the gains it’s identified. I’ll also show why our five-stock strategy works – and how you can build your own AI portfolio to try to quadruple your money over the next 12 months.

    I’ll even pass along one of the top trades our system has identified as a thank you for joining.

    So make sure to secure your free spot here

    Sincerely,

    Keith Kaplan
    CEO, TradeSmith

    P.S. On Oct. 16 – just five days from now – we’ll launch our first live five-stock model portfolio. Charter members will be the first to see exactly which five stocks to buy. We’ll also give them instructions when it’s time to rotate into the next AI projections. If you want to join them, make sure you’re signed up for my event by going here now.

    The post The AI That’s Changing How Investors See Stocks appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[How AI Forecasted a Hurricane… and a 602% Trading Gain]]> /market360/2025/10/how-ai-forecasted-a-hurricane-and-a-602-percent-trading-gain/ AI nailed the storm. Then nailed the trade. n/a eyeofstorm1600 A photo showing the eye of Hurricane Florence over the Atlantic Ocean region. ipmlc-3309820 Sat, 11 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400 How AI Forecasted a Hurricane… and a 602% Trading Gain Louis Navellier Sat, 11 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: Yesterday, I told you about The Super AI Trading Event being hosted by Keith Kaplan, CEO of TradeSmith. (If you haven’t signed up to attend, you can do so here.)

    But today, Keith wanted me to share a story with you about how AI was able to correctly predict Hurricane Beryl’s path, beating the world’s top supercomputers.

    If AI can read something as chaotic as a storm, why not the markets?

    In the essay below, Keith explains how his team applied that same breakthrough logic to the stock market. Their new “Super AI” is trained to detect the financial equivalent of a brewing hurricane – early. And the results are hard to ignore.

    We’re talking about 85% backtested accuracy… projections to the day and even the penny… and a strategy that could have delivered 602% gains last year alone.

    So, without further ado, here’s Keith…

    In early July 2024, Hurricane Beryl was tearing across the Caribbean with winds topping 165 miles per hour. By the time it made landfall, it had killed 36 people, left millions without power, and caused billions of dollars in damage.

    For decades, forecasters have used giant supercomputers to track storms like this. They take readings from satellites, ships, and planes. Then they grind through complex physics equations about how air and water move. It can take more than an hour to produce a single 10-day forecast.

    When Beryl formed, forecasts from a top European weather agency pointed to Mexico as the likely target for landfall.

    But an experimental forecasting system called GraphCast, which can run on something as small as a laptop, disagreed. Days in advance, it predicted the storm would make landfall in Texas.

    When Beryl struck Matagorda Bay, Texas, on July 8, it was GraphCast – not the world’s most advanced supercomputer – that had been right all along.

    GraphCast was created by Google’s DeepMind AI lab. It’s trained on 40 years of weather data. And it can produce a 10-day forecast in 60 seconds.

    Instead of solving complex equations, it spots hidden patterns in past weather data. This allows it to see further and faster than traditional physics-based models.

    This was a turning point for meteorology. A laptop-scale AI beat the most powerful forecasting engines on Earth.

    And if AI can decode the weather, what might it do with the other great chaotic system of modern life: the stock market?

    My team of 74 researchers and developers at TradeSmith has been putting our $8 million annual budget to work to find out.

    And after years of development and testing, we’ve created a new “Super AI.” Instead of learning from weather patterns, it learns from stock market data. And the results have blown us away.

    It can project future prices of 2,334 stocks up to 21 trading days out – to the day and even the penny – with 85% backtested accuracy.

    Today, I’ll show you how it works – and how you can use it to dramatically up your odds of success as an investor. First, it’s important to understand the common thread between predicting storm paths and stock market prices.

    A Butterfly Flaps Its Wings…

    In 1961, MIT meteorologist Edward Lorenz was tinkering with a rudimentary weather model on a Royal McBee computer.

    It was the size of a fridge, spat out forecasts on long rolls of paper, and could take an hour just to process a handful of equations.

    To save time, Lorenz tried a shortcut. He rounded one of his inputs from six decimal points to three. He let the computer run while he stepped out for coffee. When he came back, the forecast had transformed. A calm weather pattern had become a raging storm.

    What Lorenz discovered is that tiny changes can snowball into huge effects. He called it the “butterfly effect” because a butterfly flapping its wings in Brazil might set off a tornado in Texas.

    Weather systems can shift on a dime because they’re dynamic, not linear. Even the tiniest change, like a gust of wind or a seemingly minor increase in humidity, can cascade into a wildly different outcome.

    ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s are the same.

    Every trading day, markets absorb thousands of tiny shocks. A Fed comment, a surprise earnings miss, even a social-media post can shift sentiment.

    These are financial “butterfly effects.” Tiny shifts that ripple through the system and hit the prices of thousands of stocks.

    That’s why the world’s best hedge funds have spent decades building algorithms to capture them. Take Jim Simons’ Medallion Fund. It’s averaged 66% annual returns since 1988 by spotting financial butterfly effects hidden in vast stock market datasets.

    At their core, forecasting storms and forecasting stock prices face the same problem. Both are dynamic systems where tiny changes create outsized consequences.

    That’s why at TradeSmith, we built our own Super AI to read the market’s turbulence the way GraphCast reads the weather.

    I don’t mind pulling back the curtain on it today. It’s nearly impossible to replicate. It takes decades of market data, thousands of hour of programming, and a dedicated research team to stitch it all together.

    Which is why funds like Medallion keep their edge locked away.

    From Storm Paths to Stock Prices

    It’s a kind of AI model called a TimeGPT.

    It isn’t designed to write text or generate images. Instead, it forecasts what’s known as time-series data.

    Think of stock prices like storm tracks: data points lined up in time, where each moment connects to the ones before, and hidden patterns influence what comes next.

    GraphCast works the same way. It doesn’t solve physics equations from scratch. It learns from decades of weather data to see how storms grow and move.

    And just as weather forecasters don’t want to miss the next hurricane, investors can’t afford to miss the next “Hurricane Nvidia,” “Hurricane Apple,” or “Hurricane Tesla.”

    Our AI is built to see those storms before they hit.

    You can see what I mean from the results from our backtests…

    On July 27, 2023, our model predicted Opendoor (OPEN) would soon hit a price of $4.87.

    The stock hit that price just 24 hours later. And my team booked a 9.4% gain on that pick.

    That’s like growing your money 34 times in a year.

    And you could have boosted that gain to 244% in just 24 hours with a special kind of trade.

    Or take this past May, when our model predicted Tesla (TSLA) would hit $302.89 in 21 trading days.

    It reached the price we forecast even faster than expected. We booked a 5.2% gain in just 24 hours. And you could have boosted it to 310% over the same time.

    But as impressive as those gains are, we found you could have done even better with a five-stock portfolio strategy. You simply buy the best five trades every week – all with an unusually high 85% historical accuracy – and sell when they hit their projection.

    Last year alone, you could have made a 602% gain with this five-stock strategy.

    That’s more than 30x the return you’d have gotten holding the S&P 500 stocks for the year. And it’s more than 3x the return of Wall Street darling Nvidia (NVDA) over the same time.

    And in a five-year study that included the pandemic, the 2022 crash, swings in interest rates, this year’s tariff tantrum, and two wars, this five-stock strategy returned an average annual gain 374%.

    Even better, it’s simple to follow. With just a couple of minutes’ attention every week, it crushes the returns most investors are making.

    That’s why I hope you’ll join me for my Super AI Trading Event. It kicks off Wednesday, Oct. 15, at 10 a.m. Eastern Time.

    I’ll show you the technology behind our new Super AI and the gains it’s identified. I’ll also show why our five-stock strategy works – and how you can build your own AI portfolio to try to quadruple your money over the next 12 months.

    I’ll even pass along one of the top trades our system has identified as a thank you for joining.

    So make sure to secure your free spot here.

    Sincerely,

    Keith Kaplan
    CEO, TradeSmith

    P.S. On Oct. 16 – just 5 days from now – we’ll launch our first live five-stock model portfolio. Charter members will be the first to see exactly which five stocks to buy. We’ll also give them instructions when it’s time to rotate into the next AI projections. If you want to join them, make sure you’re signed up for my event by going here now.

    The post How AI Forecasted a Hurricane… and a 602% Trading Gain appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The AI That Predicts Stocks With 85% Accuracy]]> /2025/10/the-ai-that-predicts-stocks-with-85-accuracy/ Decades of market data, one breakthrough algorithm – the future of investing is predictive n/a ai-robot-dollar-signs-rising-graph A cute robot with dollar signs in its eyes, a rising graph in the background, to represent the profit potential in AI stocks ipmlc-3309697 Sat, 11 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 The AI That Predicts Stocks With 85% Accuracy Luke Lango Sat, 11 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: You know I believe artificial intelligence isn’t just the future – it’s rewriting the rules of every industry it touches. And now, it’s coming for the markets themselves.

    In the essay below, TradeSmith‘s Keith Kaplan reveals how his team built a new “Super AI”: an algorithm capable of forecasting stock prices with up to 85% historical accuracy. Think of it as the financial world’s equivalent of the AI that just outperformed the world’s top weather models. And the results are jaw-dropping – annualized returns of 374% over the past five years, even through pandemics, crashes, and geopolitical chaos.

    So, before you read Keith’s deep dive below, make sure to mark your calendar on October 15, 10:00 a.m. Eastern – for The Super AI Trading Event. You’ll see firsthand why this new technology could mark the beginning of a new era in trading… one where AI doesn’t just react to the market but predicts it.

    Now, here’s Keith with the full story.

    In early July 2024, Hurricane Beryl was tearing across the Caribbean with winds topping 165 miles per hour. By the time it made landfall, it had killed 36 people, left millions without power, and caused billions of dollars in damage.

    For decades, forecasters have used giant supercomputers to track storms like this. They take readings from satellites, ships, and planes. Then they grind through complex physics equations about how air and water move. It can take more than an hour to produce a single 10-day forecast.

    When Beryl formed, forecasts from a top European weather agency pointed to Mexico as the likely target for landfall. 

    But an experimental forecasting system called GraphCast, which can run on something as small as a laptop, disagreed. Days in advance, it predicted the storm would make landfall in Texas.

    When Beryl struck Matagorda Bay, Texas, on July 8, it was GraphCast – not the world’s most advanced supercomputer – that had been right all along.

    GraphCast was created by Google’s DeepMind AI lab. It’s trained on 40 years of weather data. And it can produce a 10-day forecast in 60 seconds.

    Instead of solving complex equations, it spots hidden patterns in past weather data. This allows it to see further and faster than traditional physics-based models.

    This was a turning point for meteorology. A laptop-scale AI beat the most powerful forecasting engines on Earth.

    And if AI can decode the weather, what might it do with the other great chaotic system of modern life: the stock market?

    How AI Is Learning to Predict ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s Like It Predicts Storms

    My team of 74 researchers and developers at TradeSmith has been putting our $8 million annual budget to work to find out.

    And after years of development and testing, we’ve created a new “Super AI.” Instead of learning from weather patterns, it learns from stock market data. And the results have blown us away.

    It can project future prices of 2,334 stocks up to 21 trading days out – to the day and even the penny – with 85% backtested accuracy.

    Today, I’ll show you how it works – and how you can use it to dramatically up your odds of success as an investor. First, it’s important to understand the common thread between predicting storm paths and stock market prices.

    From Chaos Theory to AI Trading: The Butterfly Effect in ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s

    In 1961, MIT meteorologist Edward Lorenz was tinkering with a rudimentary weather model on a Royal McBee computer. 

    It was the size of a fridge, spat out forecasts on long rolls of paper, and could take an hour just to process a handful of equations.

    To save time, Lorenz tried a shortcut. He rounded one of his inputs from six decimal points to three. He let the computer run while he stepped out for coffee. When he came back, the forecast had transformed. A calm weather pattern had become a raging storm.

    What Lorenz discovered is that tiny changes can snowball into huge effects. He called it the “butterfly effect” because a butterfly flapping its wings in Brazil might set off a tornado in Texas.

    Weather systems can shift on a dime because they’re dynamic, not linear. Even the tiniest change, like a gust of wind or a seemingly minor increase in humidity, can cascade into a wildly different outcome. 

    ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s are the same.

    Every trading day, markets absorb thousands of tiny shocks. A Fed comment, a surprise earnings miss, even a social-media post can shift sentiment.

    These are financial “butterfly effects.” Tiny shifts that ripple through the system and hit the prices of thousands of stocks.

    That’s why the world’s best hedge funds have spent decades building algorithms to capture them. Take Jim Simons’ Medallion Fund. It’s averaged 66% annual returns since 1988 by spotting financial butterfly effects hidden in vast stock market datasets.

    At their core, forecasting storms and forecasting stock prices face the same problem. Both are dynamic systems where tiny changes create outsized consequences.

    That’s why at TradeSmith, we built our own Super AI to read the market’s turbulence the way GraphCast reads the weather.

    I don’t mind pulling back the curtain on it today. It’s nearly impossible to replicate. It takes decades of market data, thousands of hours of programming, and a dedicated research team to stitch it all together. 

    Which is why funds like Medallion keep their edge locked away.

    The AI Model Forecasting Stock Prices With 85% Accuracy

    It’s a kind of AI model called a TimeGPT.

    It isn’t designed to write text or generate images. Instead, it forecasts what’s known as time-series data.

    Think of stock prices like storm tracks: data points lined up in time, where each moment connects to the ones before, and hidden patterns influence what comes next.

    GraphCast works the same way. It doesn’t solve physics equations from scratch. It learns from decades of weather data to see how storms grow and move.

    And just as weather forecasters don’t want to miss the next hurricane, investors can’t afford to miss the next “Hurricane Nvidia,” “Hurricane Apple,” or “Hurricane Tesla.” 

    Our AI is built to see those storms before they hit. 

    You can see what I mean from the results from our backtests…

    On July 27, 2023, our model predicted Opendoor (OPEN) would soon hit a price of $4.87.

    The stock hit that price just 24 hours later. And my team booked a 9.4% gain on that pick.

    That’s like growing your money 34 times in a year.

    And you could have boosted that gain to 244% in just 24 hours with a special kind of trade.

    Or take this past May, when our model predicted Tesla (TSLA) would hit $302.89 in 21 trading days.

    It reached the price we forecast even faster than expected. We booked a 5.2% gain in just 24 hours. And you could have boosted it to 310% over the same time.

    But as impressive as those gains are, we found you could have done even better with a five-stock portfolio strategy. You simply buy the best five trades every week – all with an unusually high 85% historical accuracy – and sell when they hit their projection.

    Last year alone, you could have made a 602% gain with this five-stock strategy.

    That’s more than 30x the return you’d have gotten holding the S&P 500 stocks for the year. And it’s more than 3x the return of Wall Street darling Nvidia (NVDA) over the same time.

    And in a five-year study that included the pandemic, the 2022 crash, swings in interest rates, this year’s tariff tantrum, and two wars, this five-stock strategy returned an average annual gain 374%.

    Even better, it’s simple to follow. With just a couple of minutes’ attention every week, it crushes the returns most investors are making.

    That’s why I hope you’ll join me for my Super AI Trading Event. It kicks off Wednesday, Oct. 15, at 10 a.m. Eastern Time.

    I’ll show you the technology behind our new Super AI and the gains it’s identified. I’ll also show why our five-stock strategy works – and how you can build your own AI portfolio to try to quadruple your money over the next 12 months.

    And I’ll even pass along one of the top trades our system has identified as a thank you for joining.

    So, make sure to secure your free spot here.

    The post The AI That Predicts Stocks With 85% Accuracy appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Tensions Over Rare Earths Roil the ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½]]> /2025/10/tensions-over-rare-earths-roil-the-market/ Plus, the latest “Crazy Map†story n/a rare-earth-materials A display of various rare earth material samples to represent the value of rare earth metals and materials in technology, AI dominance ipmlc-3309913 Fri, 10 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0400 Tensions Over Rare Earths Roil the ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Jeff Remsburg Fri, 10 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0400 Dissecting the AMD/OpenAI deal with Eric Fry and Tom Yeung… why it has “magical thinking”… Jonathan Rose’s trading army makes 659% on ALB – in 31 days… Bitcoin as a reserve currency?… how this relates to Project Yorktown

    As I write Friday, stocks are selling off – especially tech.

    Wall Street is rattled by President Trump’s assertion that China is holding the globe “captive” via its dominance over the rare earth elements (REE) sector.

    As we’ve covered extensively in the Digest, REEs are critical for our nation’s AI buildout, next-gen weaponry systems, and advanced robotics. China has a stranglehold on global mining, refining, and processing.

    Our Liberation-Day trade framework with China was supposed to guarantee reliable access to REEs, but Beijing has been dragging its feet. And earlier this week, China clamped down on the REE market yet again.

    Here’s CNBC from yesterday:

    Beijing is now requiring foreign entities to obtain a license to export products that contain rare earths worth 0.1% or more of the goods’ value, according to China’s Ministry of Commerce.

    Companies will also need export licenses if they use China’s extraction, refining or magnet recycling technology…

    This morning, tensions came to a head with President Trump posting:

    I was to meet President Xi in two weeks, at APEC, in South Korea, but now there seems to be no reason to do so.

    Trump went on to characterize China as “becoming very hostile” with its REE restrictions, adding:

    One of the Policies that we are calculating at this moment is a massive increase of Tariffs on Chinese products coming into the United States of America.

    Wall Street is watching this in fear, worrying about the collapse of the U.S./China trade deal framework – and the potential impact on the broader AI sector.

    Whether this is simply another round of brinkmanship or the start of something more serious remains to be seen. For now, investors are derisking.

    We’ll keep tracking this.

    We have more late-stage bull market “crazy” to highlight

    As a quick refresher, at the end of September, we introduced our “Crazy Map” – a series of milestones that often line the path to a bull market’s eventual peak/bust.

    Our goal is to track this late-stage craziness to help identify when to take profits off the table and step aside.

    Here’s a brief recap of our Crazy Map categories along with their respective scorings in our “green (healthy), yellow (elevated risk), red (danger zone)” scoring system:

    • Speculation over substance: Red
    • Easy money and leverage: Red
    • New financial products: Yellow
    • Retail crowding in: Yellow
    • Headline-grabbing deals: Yellow

    Our latest story falls into the “headline-grabbing deals” category.

    You likely saw the headline earlier this week – and the stock price run-up – but you may not be aware of why this “bullish on the surface” story is a prime candidate for our Crazy Map.

    I’m talking about the deal announced Monday between chipmaker Advanced Micro Devices Inc. (AMD) and OpenAI.

    On the surface, it’s another blockbuster deal and a massive vote for today’s AI buildout. OpenAI commits to purchase a massive volume of AMD’s AI-focused GPUs and hardware. So, AMD gets billions in revenues and OpenAI receives a diversified supply of critical computing power.

    But there’s more to it – enough for our global macro expert Eric Fry to have immediately recommended his subscribers sell their entire AMD position for a 106.7% gain.

    Full disclosure – I own AMD. But perhaps not for much longer. Let’s talk about why.

    The sleight of hand in the deal

    Eric’s right-hand man, Tom Yeung, just did a deep dive into why this deal raises some eyebrows.

    Let’s go to Tom’s Fry’s Investment Report update from Tuesday:

    A company that wants to buy $60 billion worth of products would usually write an IOU for $60 billion. That’s the basic rule of commerce, and it represents roughly the value of 6GW of AMD MI450 chips, assuming a market price of $25,000 each.

    But OpenAI did the opposite.

    Instead of an IOU, OpenAI persuaded AMD to issue them 160 million warrants at a cent each.

    So, AMD is paying $33 billion (10% of its current market valuation) for OpenAI to take the deal.

    Now, Tom points out that there are still reasons for AMD to do this deal. In my opinion, the biggest is that the deal gives AMD a seat at the big-boy AI table alongside Nvidia Corp. (NVDA), paving the way for more exponential growth.

    And yet, it’s critical that investors recognize how this deal is structured, what it means for who could be picking up a large chunk of the tab, and what might go wrong.

    Let’s follow the breadcrumbs…

    The circular logic in the deal

    Here are the bottom-line mechanics of this deal:

    • OpenAI receives warrants for AMD stock…
    • The value of those warrants increases as AMD’s stock price rises…
    • Assuming a rising stock price, OpenAI’s warrants vest at new, higher levels (the final tranche kicks in at AMD selling for $600+, about 163% higher from where it trades as I write Friday)…
    • As vesting occurs, it’s likely OpenAI will sell at least some of those warrants, generating some of the cash needed to pay AMD for its chips.

    Which did you spot first? The chicken or the egg?

    Does OpenAI have the cash- and/or revenue-generation potential to pay AMD for its chips purely from its own cash flow? Without a rising AMD stock price that triggers warrant-vesting?

    It appears highly unlikely (as we’ll dive into below). A substantive part of those payments seems to be based on funds generated through this deal itself, which leans heavily on AMD’s stock price…

    Recognize the implications for who could be funding a chunk of this deal – waves of new AMD stock buyers who don’t care (or realize) that their shares are being diluted by the vesting warrants.

    Meanwhile, don’t miss the risk. If Wall Street doesn’t buy into this deal’s “magical thinking,” as Tom characterizes it, and AMD’s stock doesn’t reach its vesting milestones, then OpenAI will be on the hook for billions of dollars to pay for those chips out of its own operational cash flow.

    So, what’s the potential for that – ruling out a surging AMD stock price that triggers vesting warrants?

    Here’s Eric from his Fry’s Investment Report Sell Alert:

    [OpenAI] anticipates no positive cash flow until 2029, and only if revenue miraculously surges to $125 billion by that year – a tenfold leap from today…

    This AMD deal could be the newest example of OpenAI’s audacious strategy to spend tens of billions of dollars that it does not have…

    OpenAI is operating at a scale of ambition completely detached from its scale of income. The company expects to generate around $13 billion in revenue in 2025, up sharply from prior years – but still a fraction of the commitments it’s signing.

    Those commitments are collectively worth nearly a trillion dollars.

    As noted earlier, given the risks associated with this deal, Eric recommended his Investment Report subscribers lock in 106.7% profits since their March 7 buy date.

    First, a big congrats to Eric’s subscribers, But second, this is a great illustration of Eric’s general market analysis – it’s the same thinking that resulted in his recent “Sell This, Buy That” AI research package.

    In it, he reveals – for free – a handful of the specific stocks (some AI) he’s urging investors to sell today, and which to buy instead. You can access it here for free, right now.

    Circling back to the Crazy Map…

    Here’s how I initially described the category of “headline-grabbing deals”:

    We see large numbers of mergers and IPOs that seem focused on “buzz” as much as genuine value creation for shareholders.

    While not a merger or IPO, you can make a case that this AMD/OpenAI deal is heavily focused on “buzz.” In fact, buzz that drives AMD’s stock higher is a key ingredient.

    Now, to be fair, the pushback is that this deal aligns incentives between AMD and OpenAI – which is does.

    Plus, if OpenAI runs into cash-flow problems, it has secured funding and capital commitments from other sources (like Microsoft and Nvidia) that could provide alternative and potentially more reliable payment streams.

    And, of course, could AMD hit $600? Absolutely! And might this deal be value additive for AMD, OpenAI, and AMD shareholders? Sure! We hope so.

    But this “creative” deal structure brings risks that investors should recognize.

    We’re going to keep our “headline-grabbing deals” score at yellow because we expect lots more of these over the coming months. But recognize what just happened – and what it says about this late-stage bull market.

    Metals continue soaring

    As we covered at the top of today’s Digest, the REE market is at the heart of tensions today between China and the U.S.

    Yesterday – and continuing as I write Friday – nearly the entire U.S. REE and critical mineral miners sector exploded higher on news of the China clampdown.

    Here’s CNBC from yesterday:

    Shares of U.S. rare earth and critical mineral miners surged Thursday after China tightened restrictions on exports, fueling market speculation that the Trump administration will move more aggressively to invest in building out a domestic supply chain.

    Veteran trader Jonathan Rose has been all over this rare earths/metals play for months – and just took advantage of this surge to lock in another round of profits.

    He got his subscribers into the big MP Materials Corp. (MP) move early – and they walked away with a 700% return on one tranche of their options play. Then, not long after, his subscribers closed out their position in NioCorp Developments Ltd. (NB), making about 70% on the trade.

    And yesterday brought their latest metals win… this time on Albemarle Corp. (ALB). Here’s from Jonathan’s Advanced Notice Profit Alert:

    Let’s close out our Albemarle (ALB) options here.

    Shares are up more than 30% since we entered the trade — including a 7% jump this morning after China announced new restrictions on exports of rare earths and lithium-ion batteries — a move that sent lithium names soaring.

    This has been a fantastic trade, and our position has captured the bulk of the move…

    With volatility still elevated and the stock running hot, it makes sense to lock in profits here rather than let time decay chip away at gains.

    Advanced Notice subscribers locked in 659% on one of their call spreads, and 140% on the second.

    Even more impressive, this was just a 31-day trade – they opened it on September 9 and closed it yesterday.

    We’ll say it again: Jonathan Rose is one of the best-kept (and most profitable) secrets in the investment industry. If you’re not following him, you’re leaving money on the table.

    Fortunately, you can follow him – for free – each day the markets are open at 11 a.m. Eastern. That’s when he holds his Masters in Trading: Live daily episodes. They’re a great way to get a sense for Jonathan, his market approach, and the trade setups that have caught his attention.

    And if you’re interested in learning more about Jonathan’s approach to trading – and how he uses options safely – check out his Masters in Trading Challenge. Don’t worry if you know nothing about options – and if you’re skeptical, even better.

    The course is all about learning, with Jonathan holding your hand through the concepts until they become like second nature. As he says:

    You’ve got nothing to prove. You’ve just got to be willing to learn.

    You can get more information on the Challenge here.

    Earlier this week, Bitcoin’s legitimacy got a major boost

    Deutsche Bank’s analysts now argue Bitcoin could join gold as an official reserve asset on global central banks’ balance sheets by 2030.

    According to Barron’s on Tuesday, Deutsche Bank sees Bitcoin’s volatility falling, liquidity improving, and institutional adoption reaching maturity – in their words, Bitcoin is “almost ready to become a central-bank reserve asset.”

    Imagine the implications…

    When sovereign treasuries begin treating Bitcoin much as they do gold, the narrative shifts from “crypto speculation” to “core monetary asset” – and pave the way for huge capital flows.

    That trajectory matches exactly what our crypto expert Luke Lango has been forecasting behind the scenes with Project Yorktown: a financial reset engineered for the age of digital money.

    Project Yorktown centers on stablecoins – the plumbing that will connect dollar value to blockchain rails.

    Stablecoins may be pegged to fiat, but their role is much bigger: They become the pipes that let capital flow seamlessly, globally, and with minimal friction.

    Luke believes this is where the next wave of financial infrastructure investment will concentrate. So, the fact that Deutsche Bank sees Bitcoin as reserve asset is huge, showing that this isn’t just hype.

    Bottom line: If central banks are warming to crypto, then stablecoins and Project Yorktown may become the blueprint for how dollars evolve in the digital age.

    To learn more about this evolving story, you can catch a free replay of Luke’s free presentation right here.

    We’ll keep you updated on all these stories here in the Digest.

    Have a good evening,

    Jeff Remsburg

    The post Tensions Over Rare Earths Roil the ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The AI System That Could Reshape Investing Forever]]> /market360/2025/10/the-ai-system-that-could-reshape-investing-forever/ An 85%-accurate AI trading system built to capture triple-digit gains… n/a neon-ai-chip-xpu A futuristic AI chip illuminating digital circuits with vibrant blue and red light, representing custom AI chips, XPUs, made by companies like Broadcom ipmlc-3309733 Fri, 10 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 The AI System That Could Reshape Investing Forever Louis Navellier Fri, 10 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: As a self-professed “numbers guy,” I only get excited about systems that prove themselves – not in theory, but in the data. And that’s exactly what my colleague Keith Kaplan, CEO of Tradesmith, has built.

    His new Super AI Trading System isn’t based on hype. It’s based on results. In backtests covering some of the toughest market years – from the pandemic to the 2022 crash – this five-position portfolio showed average annual gains of 374% over the last five years, including a 602% return last year alone.

    Next week, Keith is going public with the details for the first time during the Super AI Trading Event on Wednesday, October 15 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern. If you want to be among the first to see this technology works – and how it could help you take advantage of the next major wave of AI investing – I urge you to secure your spot here now.

    And below, Keith explains the incredible story behind this breakthrough, and why it could chance investing forever. I encourage you to read on…

    *

    When most people hear “artificial intelligence,” they think about ChatGPT writing school essays, business emails, or even bedtime stories.

    Or AI making lifelike photos and videos.

    Neat features that make us a bit more productive.

    What they don’t think of are world-changing leaps that alter how we work, learn, and live.

    But they should.

    AI is the fastest-evolving technology in history. And it just passed a huge milestone that tells me our world is about to be transformed.

    The mainstream press barely covered it. But it shows we’re on the cusp of a profound technological, economic, and social revolution.

    Today, I want to share this incredible story with you. I’ll also reveal details of our latest breakthrough at TradeSmith – an investment system that uses advanced AI forecasting to potentially quadruple a model portfolio over the next year.

    It projects future prices of 2,334 stocks up to 21 trading days out – to the day and even the penny – with 85% backtested accuracy.

    And in a five-year study that included the pandemic, the 2022 crash, swings in interest rates, this year’s tariff tantrum, and two wars, this five-position strategy returned an average annual gain of 374%.

    From Fast Typist to True Problem Solver

    At the end of 2024, OpenAI released its new o3 reasoning model to the public.

    A reasoning model is different from older AIs. Instead of just predicting the next word, it can work through complex problems step by step, explain its logic, and refine its answers. Think of it as going from a fast typist to a true problem-solver.

    And o3 has already shocked the experts.

    It scored 25% on the FrontierMath benchmark – a test of extremely difficult math problems. Before o3, the best AI score was 2%.

    The mathematician Terence Tao – often called the “Mozart of Math” – had said he expected these problems to resist AI “for several years at least.” But now, AI is cracking them years ahead of schedule.

    In high-level science and math tests, o3 is already performing on par with the world’s rare “super geniuses.”

    And the breakthroughs aren’t stopping there.

    Take software coding. OpenAI’s o3 model scored 2,727 on Codeforces, a competitive programming platform. That puts it above 99.8% of human coders worldwide – equal to the very best 175 humans alive.

    It’s a watershed moment.

    In the next year, it’s likely o3 – or its successors – will be twice as good as the best human coder. Then 10 times… then 1,000 times.

    This kind of leap is what biologists call a Cambrian Explosion – when life on Earth suddenly diversified into thousands of new species.

    The same thing happened during the dot-com boom, when the arrival of the internet spawned a new online economy and thousands of new companies to service it. Some failed. Some changed the world. Investors who caught the wave made fortunes.

    AI is about to trigger the same kind of explosion – only bigger, faster, and far more profitable.

    The Age of Super Genius Is Here

    Another benchmark shows just how fast this is moving.

    In late 2024, the o3 model beat human PhDs on the GPQA Diamond benchmark – a brutal set of graduate-level questions in physics, biology, and chemistry.

    AI is now solving problems in math and science better than the smartest experts on the planet.

    This table says it all:

    Put simply, AI has achieved “super genius” level IQ in math and science – something even leading researchers thought was decades away.

    And thanks to new training techniques, bigger datasets, and falling costs, many insiders believe we’re on the brink of runaway growth.

    Soon, AI systems will train their successors, which will train their successors… kicking off a cascade of ever-smarter machines.

    The implications of this are hard to get your head around. But let me paint a picture for you…

    Everything Is About to Change

    In just 12 months…

    • Doctors will rely on AI for diagnosis and treatment options. Not using it will be malpractice.
    • Universities will roll out AI professors who are smarter than any human educator.
    • Lawyers and accountants will lose ground to AI advisors that work faster, cheaper, and with deeper expertise.

    And the same thing is happening in investing.

    The world is about to be flooded with AI systems that are 100 times smarter than the best human analysts.

    They never sleep. They crunch numbers 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. And markets are nothing but numbers: GDP changes, interest rates, company revenues, stock prices, options data.

    It’s no accident that the most successful hedge fund in history – Jim Simons’ Medallion Fund – was run by mathematicians. Medallion averaged about 66% a year since 1988. It was so profitable, he eventually returned all outside investor money and kept the fund for employees only.

    How did he do it? By building massive datasets – on stock prices, bond yields, currencies, options, commodities, and more – and using powerful computers to spot patterns hidden from the human eye.

    And compared to what’s coming with super genius AI, even Medallion will look quaint.

    The Next Leap – and How You Can Profit

    Instead of trying to outsmart these new machines, I’ve hired them.

    I’ve spent the past six months applying “super genius” number-crunching AI to create a breakthrough new trading system. And in our backtests, the results have been unlike anything we’ve seen before.

    As I mentioned, we’ve shown it could have made an average annual gain of 374% over the last five years. And that’s just the average gain.

    Last year, following this strategy would have delivered a 602% return.

    That’s more than three times the return of Nvidia (NVDA) over the same time. And it’s more than 30 times the return of the S&P 500.

    Even better, this strategy is simple to follow.

    There’s a lot of complex math going on under the hood, but you won’t notice it’s there. You simply buy the AI’s best five trades every week and sell when they hit their projection.

    That’s it… You’ll have to check in on the portfolio, on average, once a week and follow basic instructions.

    I’ll show you exactly how it works – and how you can use it – in our upcoming Super AI Trading Event, next Wednesday, Oct. 15 at 10 a.m. Eastern Time.

    I’ll show you the technology behind our new Super AI and the gains it’s flagged. I’ll also show why our five-position strategy works – and how you can build your own AI portfolio to try to quadruple your money over the next 12 months.

    I’ll even pass along one of our AI’s top trades as a thank you for attending.

    Here’s the link again to save your spot.

    I hope to see you there!

    Sincerely,

    Keith Kaplan
    CEO, TradeSmith

    P.S. On Oct. 16, we’ll launch our first live five-position model portfolio. Charter members will be the first to see exactly which five stocks to buy. We’ll also give them instructions when it’s time to rotate into the next AI projections. If you want to join them, make sure you’re signed up for my event by going here now.

    If history is any guide, the investors who get in early on this new Cambrian Explosion won’t just ride the wave. They’ll own it.

    The post The AI System That Could Reshape Investing Forever appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Crypto’s Next Supercycle Starts Now – and It’s 20X Bigger Than BTC’s Last Run]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/cryptos-next-supercycle-starts-now-and-its-20x-bigger-than-btcs-last-run/ New regulation is unlocking trillions in institutional capital, marking crypto's true coming of age n/a wild-west-sheriff-crypto A Wild West town with a sheriff standing in the center, a crypto coin as his belt buckle, to represent stablecoin regulation and Trump's Project Yorktown ipmlc-3309673 Fri, 10 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 Crypto’s Next Supercycle Starts Now – and It’s 20X Bigger Than BTC’s Last Run Luke Lango Fri, 10 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 For years, the crypto markets have been like the Wild West. 

    Both have attracted fortune-seekers willing to take huge risks. And like frontier territories before formal governance, they’ve operated with patchy oversight – or none at all. 

    Instead of snake oil salesmen, we got rug pulls and pump-and-dump schemes. Sometimes, vigilante justice is also the law of the land, with crypto communities taking matters into their own hands by doxxing scammers or organizing to track down fraudsters. 

    Just as mining towns boomed overnight only to become ghost towns, crypto projects often surge – then vanish. And despite decentralization ideals, crypto “whales” wield disproportionate influence – like wealthy landowners or mining magnates in the Old West.

    But that’s all about to change. There’s a new sheriff in town.

    Behind closed doors, some of the largest institutions in the world are quietly preparing for the biggest financial shift of the 21st century. And it all comes back to a single number: $4 trillion.

    That’s how much capital analysts expect to flow into stablecoins now that President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” framework has been revealed.

    Importantly, this isn’t speculation or hype. This is Wall Street – the same banks, funds, and asset managers that manage trillions in assets – quietly building the rails for a future where stablecoins are as common as dollars in your wallet.

    Let’s unpack why.

    The Hidden Demand Engine Powering a $4 Trillion Crypto Boom

    Here’s the key: every stablecoin needs collateral. For every $1 token, there must be $1 in reserve, usually in the form of U.S. Treasuries.

    Right now, stablecoins represent about $300 billion in circulation. That’s $300 billion in Treasuries already absorbed.

    But with “Project Yorktown” set to go live later this month, the regulatory floodgates are open. Stablecoins have gone from “gray zone” to “green light.”

    That means giants like JPMorgan (JPM), Citigroup (C), Fidelity (FIS), BlackRock (BLK), and PayPal (PYPL) can now issue stablecoins at scale  without fearing regulatory backlash.

    The result? A built-in demand engine for U.S. Treasuries that could reach $4 trillion in the next few years.

    For Wall Street, that’s not just an opportunity – it’s a mandate.

    This projected $4 trillion surge isn’t random. It’s the natural response to a system that’s long been waiting for faster, smarter, yield-bearing cash. Stablecoins fill that gap by solving three problems that have haunted traditional finance for decades:

  • Settlement Delays: Right now, moving money between banks takes days. Settlement is clunky, slow, and costly. With stablecoins, settlement is instant – 24/7/365.
  • Cross-Border Inefficiency: International transfers cost banks billions in fees and lost time. Stablecoins move value across borders in seconds, with near-zero friction.
  • Liquidity Management: For institutions, holding cash is dead weight. But stablecoins backed by Treasuries? That’s yield-bearing, programmable liquidity. It’s cash that works for you.
  • No wonder Wall Street is racing to get in.

    How Wall Street’s $4 Trillion Crypto War Chest Changes Everything

    Think of it this way: In the 1990s, Wall Street realized the internet wasn’t just for hobbyists. Investors began investing billions into online brokers, trading platforms, and dot-com companies. And that capital flood created the dot-com boom.

    Today, the same thing is happening with stablecoins.

    The world’s biggest institutions are quietly building a $4 trillion war chest to lock in the future of finance.

    And when that money moves, it cascades across the entire crypto ecosystem:

    • Into blockchains that process stablecoin transactions.
    • Into decentralized finance (DeFi) platforms where stablecoins generate yield.
    • Into tokenization projects where stablecoins act as settlement rails.

    That’s the multiplier effect – and it’s why “Project Yorktown” could be the largest catalyst crypto has ever seen.

    Why Regulation Could Trigger the Next Wave of Institutional Crypto Adoption

    Let’s not underestimate how important regulation is here.

    As we said, until now, stablecoins lived in a gray zone – tolerated but not embraced; growing but under a constant cloud of uncertainty.

    That uncertainty kept the biggest players on the sidelines.

    “Project Yorktown” changes that.

    By formally integrating stablecoins into America’s financial framework, Trump’s four-page blueprint removes the single biggest barrier to institutional adoption.

    Now, the same compliance departments that once said “no” are saying “how fast can we scale?”

    This is why over 100 House Democrats crossed the aisle to support this plan. They understood that once stablecoins are sanctioned, capital doesn’t trickle in – it floods.

    Here’s the takeaway for everyday investors:

    When Wall Street builds a $4 trillion war chest, you don’t want to be caught flat-footed.

    History shows that when institutional money enters an emerging asset class, prices explode.

    • In 2004, Wall Street created the first gold ETF. Within five years, gold doubled.
    • In 2017, Bitcoin (BTC/USD) futures launched. Within a year, Bitcoin hit $20,000.
    • In 2021, Ethereum (ETH/USD) futures and ETFs went mainstream. ETH soared past $4,000.

    Now, with $4 trillion headed into stablecoins, the infrastructure that supports them could see returns that make those earlier booms look tame.

    Seven Cryptos Poised to Lead the $4 Trillion Institutional Influx

    The best part? You don’t need to guess where this money will go.

    During my “Project Yorktown” Summit held earlier this week, I revealed the seven cryptos I believe are best positioned to ride this tidal wave.

    These aren’t meme coins or speculative gambles. They’re the picks-and-shovels plays of the stablecoin boom: the infrastructure providers Wall Street will rely on as it builds this $4 trillion system.

    They include:

    • The blockchains that handle the transactions.
    • The oracles that verify collateral.
    • The payment rails that bring stablecoins into everyday commerce.
    • And more.

    Together, I believe these seven plays could deliver 10x, 30x, even 100x returns as the institutional war chest goes live.

    Every day that passes brings us closer to the activation date. And the window to buy early will close fast.

    Just look at Bitcoin. In early 2017, it was at $1,000. By the time institutional money began pouring in, it rocketed to $20,000. If you waited, you missed that asymmetric upside.

    The same dynamic is about to play out again – only this time, the incoming capital wave is 20x bigger.

    So, if you missed our summit, don’t worry. The full replay is still available… but only for a few more hours.

    Inside, you’ll discover:

    • How Trump’s four-page plan unlocks a $4 trillion capital shift.
    • Why Wall Street is racing to build stablecoin infrastructure.
    • And the seven cryptos positioned to benefit most.

    I even reveal one of them completely free, just for watching.

    Check out that replay right now while you still can.

    The post Crypto’s Next Supercycle Starts Now – and It’s 20X Bigger Than BTC’s Last Run appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The Massive AI Breakthrough You’re Not Hearing About]]> /2025/10/massive-ai-breakthrough-not-hearing/ Investing Is About to Change Forever n/a ipmlc-3309634 Thu, 09 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0400 The Massive AI Breakthrough You’re Not Hearing About Jeff Remsburg Thu, 09 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0400 It wasn’t supposed to happen this soon – but in late 2024, AI shattered expectations by acing a math test so advanced that even world-class geniuses couldn’t solve it. It’s the latest in a cascade of breakthroughs proving how quickly this “super-genius” technology is transforming our world.

    Now, that same class of AI is revolutionizing investing, bringing a level of speed and precision once thought impossible. Next Wednesday at 10:00 a.m. Eastern, TradeSmith CEO Keith Kaplan will show you what this looks like, pulling back the curtain on an advanced AI investing system that could quadruple the returns of a model portfolio within 12 months.

    This rotating portfolio of AI-selected stocks delivered an average annual gain of 374% in a rigorous five-year study spanning pandemics, crashes, and global turmoil. And yet, the strategy couldn’t be simpler: buy the AI’s top five trades each week, then sell when they hit their projected targets.

    Today, we’re turning the Digest over to Keith for an inside look at how AI is radically reshaping investing, and more about his Super AI Trading Event next Wednesday. After all, what’s arrived isn’t just another AI productivity tool; it’s an entirely new kind of market intelligence that could make early adopters fortunes.

    I’ll let Keith take it from here.

    Have a good evening,

    Jeff Remsburg

    When most people hear “artificial intelligence,” they think about ChatGPT writing school essays, business emails, or even bedtime stories.

    Or AI making lifelike photos and videos.

    Neat features that make us a bit more productive.

    What they don’t think of are world-changing leaps that alter how we work, learn, and live.

    But they should.

    AI is the fastest-evolving technology in history. And it just passed a huge milestone that tells me our world is about to be transformed.

    The mainstream press barely covered it. But it shows we’re on the cusp of a profound technological, economic, and social revolution.

    Today, I want to share this incredible story with you. I’ll also reveal details of our latest breakthrough at TradeSmith – an investment system that uses advanced AI forecasting to potentially quadruple a model portfolio over the next year.

    It projects future prices of 2,334 stocks up to 21 trading days out – to the day and even the penny – with 85% backtested accuracy.

    And in a five-year study that included the pandemic, the 2022 crash, swings in interest rates, this year’s tariff tantrum, and two wars, this five-position strategy returned an average annual gain of 374%.

    From Fast Typist to True Problem Solver

    At the end of 2024, OpenAI released its new o3 reasoning model to the public.

    A reasoning model is different from older AIs. Instead of just predicting the next word, it can work through complex problems step by step, explain its logic, and refine its answers. Think of it as going from a fast typist to a true problem-solver.

    And o3 has already shocked the experts.

    It scored 25% on the FrontierMath benchmark – a test of extremely difficult math problems. Before o3, the best AI score was 2%.

    The mathematician Terence Tao – often called the “Mozart of Math” – had said he expected these problems to resist AI “for several years at least.” But now, AI is cracking them years ahead of schedule.

    In high-level science and math tests, o3 is already performing on par with the world’s rare “super geniuses.”

    And the breakthroughs aren’t stopping there.

    Take software coding. OpenAI’s o3 model scored 2,727 on Codeforces, a competitive programming platform. That puts it above 99.8% of human coders worldwide — equal to the very best 175 humans alive.

    It’s a watershed moment.

    In the next year, it’s likely o3 – or its successors — will be twice as good as the best human coder. Then 10 times… then 1,000 times.

    This kind of leap is what biologists call a Cambrian Explosion – when life on Earth suddenly diversified into thousands of new species.

    The same thing happened during the dot-com boom, when the arrival of the internet spawned a new online economy and thousands of new companies to service it. Some failed. Some changed the world. Investors who caught the wave made fortunes.

    AI is about to trigger the same kind of explosion – only bigger, faster, and far more profitable.

    The Age of Super Genius Is Here

    Another benchmark shows just how fast this is moving.

    In late 2024, the o3 model beat human PhDs on the GPQA Diamond benchmark – a brutal set of graduate-level questions in physics, biology, and chemistry.

    AI is now solving problems in math and science better than the smartest experts on the planet.

    This table says it all:

    Put simply, AI has achieved “super genius” level IQ in math and science — something even leading researchers thought was decades away.

    And thanks to new training techniques, bigger datasets, and falling costs, many insiders believe we’re on the brink of runaway growth.

    Soon, AI systems will train their successors, which will train their successors… kicking off a cascade of ever-smarter machines.

    The implications of this are hard to get your head around. But let me paint a picture for you…

    Everything Is About to Change

    In just 12 months…

    • Doctors will rely on AI for diagnosis and treatment options. Not using it will be malpractice.
    • Universities will roll out AI professors who are smarter than any human educator.
    • Lawyers and accountants will lose ground to AI advisors that work faster, cheaper, and with deeper expertise.

    And the same thing is happening in investing.

    The world is about to be flooded with AI systems that are 100 times smarter than the best human analysts.

    They never sleep. They crunch numbers 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. And markets are nothing but numbers: GDP changes, interest rates, company revenues, stock prices, options data.

    It’s no accident that the most successful hedge fund in history – Jim Simons’ Medallion Fund – was run by mathematicians. Medallion averaged about 66% a year since 1988. It was so profitable, he eventually returned all outside investor money and kept the fund for employees only.

    How did he do it? By building massive datasets — on stock prices, bond yields, currencies, options, commodities, and more — and using powerful computers to spot patterns hidden from the human eye.

    And compared to what’s coming with super genius AI, even Medallion will look quaint.

    The Next Leap — and How You Can Profit

    Instead of trying to outsmart these new machines, I’ve hired them.

    I’ve spent the past six months applying “super genius” number-crunching AI to create a breakthrough new trading system. And in our backtests, the results have been unlike anything we’ve seen before.

    As I mentioned, we’ve shown it could have made an average annual gain of 374% over the last five years. And that’s just the average gain.

    Last year, following this strategy would have delivered a 602% return.

    That’s more than three times the return of Nvidia (NVDA) over the same time. And it’s more than 30 times the return of the S&P 500.

    Even better, this strategy is simple to follow.

    There’s a lot of complex math going on under the hood, but you won’t notice it’s there. You simply buy the AI’s best five trades every week and sell when they hit their projection.

    That’s it… You’ll have to check in on the portfolio, on average, once a week and follow basic instructions.

    I’ll show you exactly how it works – and how you can use it – in our upcoming Super AI Trading Event, next Wednesday, Oct. 15 at 10 a.m. Eastern Time.

    I’ll show you the technology behind our new Super AI and the gains it’s flagged. I’ll also show why our five-position strategy works – and how you can build your own AI portfolio to try to quadruple your money over the next 12 months.

    I’ll even pass along one of our AI’s top trades as a thank you for attending.

    Here’s the link again to save your spot.

    I hope to see you there!

    Sincerely,

    Keith Kaplan
    CEO, TradeSmith

    P.S. On Oct. 16, we’ll launch our first live five-position model portfolio. Charter members will be the first to see exactly which five stocks to buy. We’ll also give them instructions when it’s time to rotate into the next AI projections. If you want to join them, make sure you’re signed up for my event by going here now.

    If history is any guide, the investors who get in early on this new Cambrian Explosion won’t just ride the wave. They’ll own it.

    The post The Massive AI Breakthrough You’re Not Hearing About appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[OpenAI’s Bold Move Just Reset the AI Race]]> /market360/2025/10/openais-bold-move-just-reset-the-ai-race/ A massive deal and bold new announcements… the AI race just reset. n/a layered-paper-ai-race A side-view image of AI humanoid robots running in a race, with one bot suddenly flying past the others toward the finish line ipmlc-3309763 Thu, 09 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 OpenAI’s Bold Move Just Reset the AI Race Louis Navellier Thu, 09 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Something big just shifted in the AI world.

    You see, OpenAI CEO Sam Altman and the folks over at OpenAI have been busy.

    And I’m not talking about just another chatbot update.

    The ChatGPT creator just inked another deal – in a series of deals – that could redefine who controls the future of artificial intelligence.

    On Monday, we learned that the company reached a deal for a massive amount of computing power.

    That follows a similar agreement last week with NVIDIA Corporation (NVDA). In fact, the list (and scale) of OpenAI’s deals is staggering…

    • A $300 billion Oracle Corp. (ORCL) cloud partnership starting in 2027,
    • A $100 billion pact with NVIDIA,
    • $11.9 billion with CoreWeave Inc. (CRWV),
    • $10 billion with Broadcom Inc. (AVGO),
    • And $500 billion on the “Stargate Project,” a joint venture with Oracle and SoftBank Group Corp. (SFTBY) to build planetary-scale data centers.

    If you’ve lost count, that’s nearly a trillion dollars in deals.

    And here’s what’s fascinating about the whole thing.

    The biggest players in this race can’t seem to decide if they’re rivals or partners. They battle for market share one day… and rely on each other the next.

    It’s a digital ecosystem so tightly woven that if one stumbles, the whole system shakes. But now, we can finally see how the power structure is forming.

    So, in today’s ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ 360, I’ll break down what this new alliance means for the AI race, which of the stocks I am backing and how it sets the stage for the next big leap in computing power.

    A Multibillion-Dollar Bet on AI

    On Monday, shares of AMD surged more than 20% after the company announced a multibillion-dollar deal with OpenAI.

    The agreement gives OpenAI access to roughly six gigawatts of computing power from AMD’s chips, with the first gigawatt expected to come online in the first half of 2026. In return, AMD granted OpenAI a warrant to buy up to 160 million shares of its common stock – about 10% of the company – for just one penny per share.

    But there’s a catch. Those shares only vest if certain performance milestones are met, including one that requires AMD’s stock to top $600, nearly triple its current price.

    Now, you may be asking why AMD would take a deal like this – one where it essentially pays $33 billion (10% of its recent market cap) for OpenAI to take the deal.

    First, the accompanying surge in share price – to the tune of about $100 billion – more than makes up for the potential dilution. Second, it gives AMD a seat at the table. By tying their fortunes together, AMD gains a “seal of approval” from the hottest private company in the world.

    For OpenAI, this deal diversifies its supply chain and ensures it can continue scaling its AI models beyond NVIDIA’s already maxed-out graphic processing unit (GPU) capacity.

    As I mentioned in last Thursday’s ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ 360, OpenAI has already signed a $100 billion agreement with NVIDIA to supply 10 gigawatts of computing capacity. So, this AMD deal is the next logical step – part of OpenAI’s broader plan to secure more than 20 gigawatts of total data-center power in the coming years.

    That’s the scale of this AI arms race: hundreds of billions flowing into data centers, chips and power systems to keep up with model training.

    With these agreements, the fates of OpenAI, NVIDIA and AMD are formally intertwined. In other words, if data is the new oil, then these companies are the new OPEC. And together, these partnerships form the backbone of an AI economy expanding faster than almost anyone imagined.

    AMD vs. NVDA – Which Stock Is Better?

    All of this is well and good, but as investors the real question is… Which of these AI companies should you own in your own portfolio?

    Well, it is easy to rule out OpenAI as it is not a publicly traded company. So, it all boils down to NVDA vs. AMD.

    As I mentioned above, AMD is chasing NVDA’s crown, but it has a long way to go. In fact, my Stock Grader (subscription required) sheds some light on this question…

    And the answer is, clearly, NVIDIA.

    NVIDIA boasts a strong quantitative and fundamental grade, giving it a “B” (Strong) rating overall.

    Meanwhile, AMD may have strong fundamentals, but its weak quantitative grades drag the whole stock down, which is why the stock earns a Total Grade of D (Weak).

    Now, the quant rating – which gauges institutional buying pressure – is likely to change after this week’s developments. But the real test will be whether the buying pressure persists.

    Bottom line: AMD may be making big moves this week, but it doesn’t have the institutional support to back it up. So, NVIDIA remains the stronger stock.

    The Power Behind It All

    NVIDIA’s leadership isn’t just about better fundamentals or stronger buying pressure – it’s about power.

    Its chips are the engines behind every major AI model on the planet. Nearly every data center, research lab and AI-driven company depends on NVIDIA’s technology to run.

    That’s why, even after its historic run, I continue to call NVIDIA the Stock of the Decade. The more the AI industry expands, the more dominant NVIDIA becomes.

    Think about it: OpenAI alone just agreed to purchase 10 gigawatts of compute capacity from NVIDIA, or roughly four million to five million GPUs, to train the next generation of AI models. Add in AMD’s new partnership into the mix, and the global race for computing power is accelerating.

    But as remarkable as its GPUs are, I believe NVIDIA’s next breakthrough could be even more transformative. It would be a leap so powerful that Bank of America says it may be “the biggest revolution for humanity since discovering fire.”

    This breakthrough could be 1,000 times more powerful than today’s AI, igniting what I call The NVIDIA Shock of 2025.

    This next era of computing could create an entirely new wave of millionaires. And in my latest briefing, I explain why this technology is arriving faster than most investors expect and how it could reshape entire industries once again.

    I also share details on the small group of companies I believe could soar alongside NVIDIA as this revolution unfolds.

    If you missed out on NVIDIA’s 150X boom, this could be your second chance… and it may be even bigger.

    Click here to watch my urgent briefing now.

    Sincerely,

    An image of a cursive signature in black text.

    Louis Navellier

    Editor, ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ 360

    The Editor hereby discloses that as of the date of this email, the Editor, directly or indirectly, owns the following securities that are the subject of the commentary, analysis, opinions, advice, or recommendations in, or which are otherwise mentioned in, the essay set forth below:

    Broadcom Inc. (AVGO) and NVIDIA Corporation (NVDA)

    The post OpenAI’s Bold Move Just Reset the AI Race appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Meet the AI That Sees ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Storms Before They Hit]]> /smartmoney/2025/10/ai-that-sees-market-storms-before-they-hit/ One small tweak in data is rewriting how Wall Street predicts the markets… n/a stock-market-roller-coaster An image of a rising and falling graph with a roller coaster in the background to represent stock market volatility ipmlc-3309721 Thu, 09 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Meet the AI That Sees ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Storms Before They Hit Eric Fry Thu, 09 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: In 1961, a simple rounding error led to one of the most profounddiscoveries in modern science: the butterfly effect.

    Today, that same principle drives one of the biggest breakthroughs in investing. Small changes in data – a trade, an earnings call, a shipment delay – can ripple through the markets with enormous force.

    TradeSmith CEO Keith Kaplan and his team have spent years capturing those ripples with advanced AI. Now, they’ve built a “Super AI” powerful enough to give everyday investors access to hedge-fund-level precision.

    On Wednesday, October 15, at 10 a.m. Eastern time, Keith will show you how it takes AI-powered investing to the next level with his Super AI Trading event. You can reserve your spot for that event here.

    Keith is joining us before the event to explain how “Super AI” works – and how it could help you stay a step ahead of the next market storm.

    Take it away…

    Edward Lorenz wasn’t looking for a big idea. He only meant to save a little time.

    In 1961, the MIT mathematician was running rudimentary weather simulations on a Royal McBee LGP-30 computer. It was the size of a fridge, droned nonstop, and spat out forecasts on long rolls of paper.

    Lorenz was testing how winds shifted across New England. To speed things up, he rounded one of his inputs from six decimals to three.

    That tiny change rewrote the entire forecast. What should have been a calm weather pattern spiraled into a violent storm.

    He called it the “butterfly effect” because a butterfly flapping its wings in Brazil might set off a tornado in Texas.

    This doesn’t just happen in weather forecasts.

    A single gene mutation can mean the difference between health and illness. A keystroke error can erase billions from a trading desk. A missed bolt on an assembly line can ground a fleet of airplanes.

    The stock market is no different…

    • One comment from the Fed can wipe billions off the S&P 500 in minutes.
    • A supply glitch in Taiwan can ripple through every tech portfolio on Wall Street.
    • A surprise earnings miss can drag down an entire sector overnight.

    Each tiny change ripples through the market and moves thousands of stocks.

    It’s no coincidence that Jim Simons is the top-performing hedge fund manager of all time. He’s a math genius who captured these effects with algorithms. (He named it “Medallion” to honor the mathematical and scientific medals earned by the early team.)

    Since its launch in 1988, his Medallion Fund has delivered average annual returns of about 66%, more than eight times the return of the S&P 500.

    Simons’ fund hoovers up earnings reports, price ticks, weather records, shipping flows, and even satellite images of fields, oil tanks, and parking lots. By layering this unconventional data onto market signals, they created models no one can match.

    And it’s not the only Wall Street firm that uses powerful software to stack the odds in its favor. Thousands of other hedge funds do, too.

    I didn’t work on Wall Street. I’m a computer engineer and entrepreneur. My parents were teachers. And I’ve always thought it was wrong that powerful software tools stayed locked up by hedge funds — widening the wealth gap instead of narrowing it.

    That’s why I’ve made it our driving purpose at TradeSmith to level the playing field with Wall Street. And as I’ll show you today, we’ve built a new “Super AI” that does just that.

    It scans billions of data points and projects prices for 2,334 stocks up to 21 days out — with 85% accuracy.

    And in a five-year study that included the pandemic, the 2022 crash, soaring interest rates, the tariff tantrum, and even two wars, it returned an average annual gain of 374%.

    Next Wednesday, Oct. 15, at 10 a.m. ET, I’ll show you how it takes AI-powered investing to the next level with my Super AI Trading event (Save your spot here.)

    Today, I’ll give you a sneak peek of how it works… along with more of the astonishing results it’s produced.

    But first, I thought you might want to know a little more about us.

    Hedge-Fund-Level Tools For Regular Investors

    We’re a leading financial technology platform based in Baltimore, Maryland.

    We’re part of the Nasdaq-listed investment research group ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½Wise that includes Stansberry Research, Chaikin Analytics, InvestorPlace, Brownstone Research, Wide Moat Research, and Altimetry.

    As TradeSmith’s CEO, I manage 74 researchers and developers, and an $8 million annual budget, to create world-class software tools and analytics.

    We’ve built tools to help folks track their portfolios, manage risk, spot seasonality patterns in stocks, and generate regular streams of income in the options market.

    We help more than 120,000 people around the world track about $30 billion in assets. And ForbesThe Wall Street Journal, and The Economist have profiled us for our breakthroughs.

    Even before ChatGPT burst onto the scene in late 2022, we were focused on harnessing AI to help our customers develop an even sharper edge.

    In 2023, we launched our first AI-powered trading model, Predictive Alpha. It projects prices – up to 21 trading days in advance – for 2,334 stocks daily.

    For some stocks, the price hits its projection more than 90% of the time. That covers more than 700,000 projections a month since we introduced the model. And we consistently see accuracy above 70%.

    Our new Super AI pushes these results even further. It’s a genuine game changer, and I want as many people as possible to see it in action.

    AI is already helping experts predict hurricanes, diagnose tumors, pilot fighter jets, and discover new medicines.Investors who use it to sharpen their edge will have a huge advantage over everyone else. Investors who don’t take advantage risk getting left behind.

    Tracking Financial Butterfly Effects

    By now, you’re probably familiar with ChatGPT, Gemini, and Copilot. These are called large language models because they’re trained on massive datasets of words.

    Think of our AI-powered trading system as a large numbers model.

    Instead of words, it’s trained on sequences of historical values, including their irregularities, jumps, and volatility spikes.

    The butterfly effects, in other words.

    It looks at past data to guess when patterns are likely to happen again. It can spot a familiar trend in new numbers. And it keeps updating its guesses as fresh data comes in.

    From the start, we knew it would become a lot more powerful, and we weren’t wrong. That leads me to the breakthrough I’m sharing with you today.

    This breakthrough means we can capture market shifts faster and more accurately than ever before — giving everyday investors access to hedge-fund-level precision. Here are some of the results it’s produced so far.

    Like Growing Your Money 34 Times in a Year

    On July 27, 2023, our model predicted Opendoor (OPEN) would soon hit a price of $4.87.

    The stock hit that price just 24 hours later. And my team booked a 9.4% gain on that pick.

    That’s like growing your money 34 times in a year.

    And as I’ll show on Oct. 15, you could have boosted that gain to 244% in just 24 hours with a special kind of trade.

    Or take this past May, when our model predicted Tesla (TSLA) would hit $302.89 in 21 trading days.

    It reached the price we forecast even faster than expected. We booked a 5.2% gain in just 24 hours. And you could have boosted it to 310% over the same time.

    But as impressive as that is, we found you could have done even better with a five-stock portfolio strategy. There’s a lot of complex math going on under the hood, but you won’t notice it’s there. You simply buy the best five trades every week – all with an unusually high 85% historical accuracy – and sell when they hit their projection.

    As I mentioned, we’ve shown in backtests that this could have made you an average annual gain of 374% over the last five years. And that’s just the average gain. Last year, following this strategy would have delivered a 602% return.

    That’s more than three times the return of AI rocket ride Nvidia (NVDA) last year. And it’s more than 30 times the return of the S&P 500 over the same time.

    How to Predict “Hurricane Nvidia”

    Every day, the market is flooded with billions of data points that represent rapidly changing economic conditions.

    What traders are really trying to do is predict “Hurricane Apple”… “Hurricane Nvidia”… “Hurricane Tesla.”

    And what AI does best is spot order in chaos.

    Hurricanes don’t form from one cause. They come from thousands of shifting forces working together. The same goes for markets. Old models break down under that complexity. AI models thrive on it.

    I’ll reveal all on Wednesday, Oct. 15, at 10 a.m. Eastern Time at my Super AI Trading Event.

    I’ll show you the technology behind our new Super AI and the gains it’s flagged. I’ll also show why our five-stock strategy works – and how you can build your own AI portfolio to try to quadruple your money over the next 12 months.

    I’ll even pass along one of our AI’s top trades as a thank you for joining.

    Here’s the link again to save your spot.

    I hope to see you there!

    Sincerely,

    Keith Kaplan
    CEO, TradeSmith

    P.S. On Oct. 16, we’ll launch our first live five-stock model portfolio. Charter members will be the first to see exactly which five stocks to buy. We’ll also give them instructions when it’s time to rotate into the next AI projections. If you want to join them, make sure you’re signed up for my event by going here now.

    The post Meet the AI That Sees ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Storms Before They Hit appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The Mirror ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½: Why Stablecoins Are the Blueprint for a New Wall Street]]> /dailylive/2025/10/the-mirror-market-why-stablecoins-are-the-blueprint-for-a-new-wall-street/ How Digital Dollars and Tokenization Are Poised to Rewire the Financial System n/a stablecoin1600 A concept image for Stablecoin displayed on a blue and green ticker tape. USDD is a stablecoin. ipmlc-3309607 Thu, 09 Oct 2025 10:30:00 -0400 The Mirror ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½: Why Stablecoins Are the Blueprint for a New Wall Street Jonathan Rose Thu, 09 Oct 2025 10:30:00 -0400 eyes raised_hands

    History likes to play a tricks on us. When we read about the big events over the years that shape a generation, far too often it will make it seem as though it showed up one day out of the blue.

    But when you start digging into the story, most “overnight success” stories usually took years to build.

    When you bring up The Beatles, most folks will point to their appearance on Ed Sullivan in early 1964 and suddenly they were the biggest band in history. But that completely ignores the six years they spent in small bars and nightclubs working their way up in the industry and the charts.

    We see the same situations play out in business and finance all the time. These kind of revolutionary events don’t announce themselves.

    There’s no bell ringing, no confetti on CNBC.

    They build up in the background, on the fringes quietly, working their way through the plumbing of the global system. What’s sudden is the rest of us catching up and realizing everything’s changed.

    That’s exactly what’s happening right now with something most investors still think of as “just crypto.” But this isn’t about Bitcoin or wild meme coins.

    It’s about money itself — the way it moves, the way it earns, and the way it’s poised to transform the stock market next.

    And the company at the center of it alland the story behind it might be the most important trade hiding in the market today.

    The $60 Billion That Moves in an Instant

    Let’s start simple.

    Imagine wiring money to a friend in another country.

    The bank says it’ll take three to five business days.

    You shrug, but think — why? We can send a video across the planet in seconds, but not dollars?

    This is the frustration that gave birth to stablecoins.

    For the uninitiated, a stablecoin is a type of cryptocurrency designed to maintain a stable value, usually by being pegged to a real-world asset like the U.S. dollar, the euro, or even gold.

    Here’s how they work. You give a company $100. They hold that $100 in a bank account or short-term Treasury bill (T-Bill).In return, they issue you 100 digital dollars — tokens that live on a blockchain.

    Those tokens are backed one-for-one by the real cash sitting in the vault. That’s why they’re called stable coins.

    They’re not trying to replace dollars. They mirror them.

    Right about here you might be thinking that this is a lot of trouble to go through to buy a cup of coffee, but the real magic is in the movement: these digital dollars transfer instantly, 24/7, anywhere on earth.

    No banks closed on weekends waiting for accounts to settle. No intermediaries or clearinghouses. No wire-fees. No waiting.

    The entire transaction from start to finish is completed digitally in the time it takes to send a text.

    And while most people still associate stablecoins with crypto exchanges, their real adoption is happening outside that world.

    In Latin America, freelancers use stablecoins like USDC to escape inflation.

     In Southeast Asia, importers use it to pay suppliers in hours instead of days.

     Even charities have started using stablecoins to deliver aid directly to people’s phones.

    Once people realized they could create a digital mirror of the dollar — a reflection that moved faster and worked smarter — the question became inevitable: what happens when the mirror starts reflecting everything?

    Not just tokenizing money, but the markets themselves…

    The Mirror ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Revolution on the Horizon

    Stablecoins have already given us the blueprint for a kind of mirror market:

    • A custodian locks up 100 shares of Apple stock.
    • Against them, 100 digital Apple tokens are issued — each backed one-for-one by those real shares.

    And once those tokens are minted, they can trade instantly, globally, even fractionally, and around the clock.

    No settlement delays. No middlemen. No need to wait for the market to “open.”

    It’s the same logic that makes USDC powerful — only this time, the mirror reflects stocks instead of cash.

    Back in June, Robinhood (HOOD) gave us a preview of what that might look like.

    At a European event, they tokenized small blocks of private-company shares — SpaceX, OpenAI, and others—and let customers trade them as digital tokens.

    For most retail investors, it was the first chance to “own” pieces of companies usually reserved for venture capital and hedge funds. The reaction at the event was electric. The headlines? Not so much.

    OpenAI quickly issued a statement clarifying it hadn’t authorized the promotion. Lawyers got involved. Regulators perked up.

    But the experiment proved the concept: tokenization works.

    And Robinhood isn’t the only actor experimenting with this idea…

    Big banks are quietly experimenting with tokenized bonds and money-market funds.

    BlackRock’s digital liquidity fund already clears trades on blockchain rails.

    Even governments — from Singapore to Switzerland — are running pilots for central-bank digital currencies.

    They’re not doing this because it’s trendy.

    They’re doing it because the infrastructure is faster, cheaper, and global.

    The big wrinkle in the setup right now is that the rulebook needs time to catch up.

    To me that moment feels a lot like the early internet. Everyone can see the potential, but no one had agreed on the standards yet.

    So for the time being, the “mirror market” is small compared to the traditional system. But it has the potential to explode in scale once the light flips from red to green.

    Why Wall Street Can’t Ignore It

    For decades, the global financial system ran on slow, paper-based infrastructure.

    Even when trades went digital, the backend didn’t.

    That’s why you can buy a stock in seconds but still wait two days for it to “settle.” It’s a relic of the 1970s — held together by clearinghouses, custodians, and overnight batch jobs.

    Tokenization changes all of that.

    It compresses the entire process into a single, programmable transaction.

    That means less counter-party risk, faster liquidity, and lower costs.

    For hedge funds and banks, that’s efficiency.

    For retail investors, that’s opportunity.

    Because once the mirror market scales, trading will no longer depend on geography, time zones, or even stock exchanges. It’ll just happen.

    The Company Behind the Curtain

    Among all the stablecoin issuers, Circle (CRCL) stands apart. Its product, USDC, is the clean-cut kid in a rough neighborhood.

    It’s fully backed by cash and Treasuries. It publishes monthly attestations. And it’s favored by the kind of companies that normally keep crypto at arm’s length like BlackRock and Visa. In particular, Visa has been using USDC to help settle transactions within its payment network since 2021.

    Today, there’s over $60 billion worth of USDC circulating around the world.

    Each of those tokens represents one real U.S. dollar sitting in Circle’s reserves. And that pile of reserves is the secret to the company’s profitability.

    Because when you’re sitting on tens of billions of customer deposits, you’re not only holding money, but earning interest.

    The Quiet Cash Machine

    In the second quarter of 2025, Circle reported more than $630 million in quarterly interest income. That’s not from trading or speculation. That’s from T-bills.

    When the Federal Reserve holds rates near 5%, every billion dollars in reserves earns roughly $50 million a year.

    Multiply that by sixty billion in USDC, and you’ve got a serious profit engine.

    But here’s where things get interesting.

    Those profits are tied directly to interest rates.

    On one side, the Federal Reserve. When rates are high, Circle earns fat interest on its reserves.

    On the other side, adoption. When crypto activity rises, demand for USDC surges — and so do reserves. That’s because all that tokenized activity still needs a stable, digital dollar to move around—and USDC is already the default rail.

    So the company’s future sits at the intersection of monetary policy and digital-asset growth.

    That’s why I call it the “Hidden Rates Trade.” Here’s the math behind it:

    Rate CutRevenue HitUSDC Growth Needed to Offset0.25%-$78M+$3.8B (~6% more USDC)0.50%-$154M+$7.6B (~12% more USDC)1.00%-$309M+$15.3B (~25% more USDC)

    Think of owning CRCL as being long rates, long crypto adoption.

    So if rates fall and crypto demand stays flat, we want to be bearish CRCL either by shorting the stock or going long puts.

    But if rates fall and crypto demand surges we want to be neutral CRCL and look to collect premium with credit spreads or selling options against stock..

    The Bottom Line

    Every financial revolution looks obvious in hindsight.

    Stablecoins were the proof of concept… If you can mirror a dollar, you can mirror a stock. And if you can mirror a stock, you can mirror an entire market.

    That’s the world we’re moving toward — a mirror market where every real-world asset has a digital reflection that trades instantly, globally, and transparently.

    Circle sits right in the center of that shift. Its business is simple on paper — issue digital dollars, hold the real ones in reserve, and earn interest on the spread. But its future depends on two powerful forces pulling in opposite directions: the path of interest rates and the pace of crypto adoption.

    It’s the story of how money itself is changing — from paper to pixels, from banking hours to 24/7.

    And when the rest of the world finally wakes up to it, it’ll look like an overnight success that was years in the making.

    For traders who understand it early, it could be the edge of the decade.

    Because soon, trading dollars, stocks, even private companies through smart contracts won’t be unusual.

    It’ll be the rule.

    The post The Mirror ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½: Why Stablecoins Are the Blueprint for a New Wall Street appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Stablecoins: The New Gold Standard of Global Finance]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/stablecoins-the-new-gold-standard-of-global-finance/ From Treasuries to tokenized dollars, a financial revolution is underway n/a gold-standard-stablecoin Gold bars laid over a rising graph, overlaid by a neon dollar sign in a digital coin to represent the rise of stablecoins, a new stablecoin framework ipmlc-3309559 Thu, 09 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400 Stablecoins: The New Gold Standard of Global Finance Luke Lango Thu, 09 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400 In 1879, the United States formally adopted the gold standard, backing every U.S. dollar with a fixed amount of gold held in reserve. This created a hard, objective anchor for the dollar’s value – one that neither politics nor monetary policy could easily manipulate. And as a result, it sparked an era of stability, prosperity, and trust in the American financial system.

    Indeed, because the USD was linked to an asset with intrinsic value and a supply that grew only slowly over time, confidence in U.S. money soared. Prices were predictable. Inflation averaged near zero over decades. Long-term interest rates remained low and steady. And with currencies across much of the industrialized world also pegged to gold, international trade flourished under a de facto global monetary system – the first real era of financial globalization.

    This new standard also fostered trust at home. Savers and investors could plan for the long term, knowing their money wouldn’t erode in value. Banks and businesses could make contracts in dollars confidently. And because money supply growth was naturally constrained by gold reserves, the boom-and-bust cycles driven by reckless monetary expansion were largely kept in check.

    Even as the U.S. weathered wars, industrial revolutions, and political upheavals, the gold-backed dollar retained its credibility. That helped lay the foundation for America’s rise as the world’s largest economy by the early 20th century – and helped cement the dollar’s status as a global reserve currency.

    Today, a similar scheme is in the works… only this time, the foundation isn’t gold. It’s stablecoins.

    Thanks to President Trump’s “Project Yorktown,” America is set to anchor its financial system to the blockchain equivalent of gold: tokenized dollars, backed by U.S. Treasuries.

    And just as the gold standard unleashed an era of prosperity, this new “stablecoin standard” could set the stage for the dollar’s dominance over the next 100 years – while creating extraordinary opportunities for early investors…

    The Crisis of Confidence Driving the Rise of Stablecoins

    Before the U.S. formalized the gold standard, America’s economy was booming; but faith in the dollar was shaky. Inflation, bank failures, and currency instability plagued the country.

    We face a similar crisis of confidence today.

    U.S. debt has topped $34 trillion. Interest payments are ballooning. Estimates suggest that within a decade, interest could become the largest line item in the federal budget. 

    And foreign rivals like China hold trillions in U.S. debt. As we noted in a previous issue, while this has kept interest rates lower and fueled American spending power, it also creates a strategic vulnerability… If these governments were to suddenly reduce their holdings or shift their investments, they could rattle financial markets, drive up borrowing costs, and weaken America’s economic stability.

    To combat this, the global financial system is shifting onto blockchain rails. That’s where stablecoins come in.

    Stablecoins are digital tokens pegged to the U.S. dollar and backed by real-world assets, primarily U.S. Treasuries. They offer the best of both worlds: the trust of the dollar and the efficiency of blockchain.

    In other words, they’re the digital gold standard of the 21st century.

    And for the past few years, stablecoins have been growing in the shadows: 

    • In 2020, they had less than $10 billion in circulation.
    • Today, they’ve crossed $300 billion.
    • Bloomberg Intelligence projects they could handle $50 trillion in annual transactions by 2030.

    These digital tokens have remained largely unregulated, sometimes controversial but undeniably useful… until now – because “Project Yorktown” is about to change everything.

    With this new framework, Washington has created a regulatory fast lane for stablecoin adoption. Major banks, asset managers, and fintech companies will soon be able to issue them at scale – without fear of legal backlash.

    And because each stablecoin must be backed by U.S. Treasuries, this framework automatically channels trillions of dollars into America’s financial system.

    The parallels to the gold standard are striking: Gold backed every dollar then. Treasuries back every stablecoin now.

    Both cases result in confidence, stability, and growth.

    How Stablecoins Could Absorb $4 Trillion and Reshape Finance

    Analysts at Bernstein project that stablecoins could grow from $300 billion today to $4 trillion in circulation within the next few years.

    That means $4 trillion worth of Treasuries absorbed by stablecoin issuers.

    And that number could be conservative… Because once stablecoins go mainstream, they won’t just serve crypto users. They’ll become the default settlement currency for:

    • Wall Street trading desks.
    • Global banks.
    • Retail payment systems.
    • Tokenized assets like stocks, bonds, and real estate.

    Just as gold once underpinned every dollar, stablecoins could soon underpin every transaction.

    Now, here’s where it gets even more exciting.

    Every dollar of stablecoin issued doesn’t just sit in a vault. It circulates in the crypto ecosystem.

    • It flows into decentralized finance (DeFi) protocols.
    • It powers trading pairs on exchanges.
    • It enables cross-border remittances and payments.
    • It serves as collateral for tokenized assets.

    That circulation acts like financial fuel, amplifying activity across the entire crypto market.

    Think of stablecoins as the highways. The more highways built, the more traffic flows.

    And as $4 trillion pours into them, the traffic across crypto highways will surge like never before.

    The Real Winners of the Stablecoin Economy

    The biggest winners won’t necessarily be the stablecoins themselves. They’re pegged to $1 and don’t move much.

    The real upside is in the infrastructure projects that make the stablecoin economy possible:

    • Blockchains like Ethereum (ETH/USD), Solana (SOL/USD), and Avalanche (AVAX/USD) that host stablecoin transactions.
    • Oracles like Chainlink (LINK/USD) that verify reserves and provide pricing data.
    • Custody providersCoinbase (COIN), Anchorage Digital (AHOAZZX), Bakkt (BKKT), etc. – that safeguard the collateral.
    • Payment rails that integrate stablecoins into everyday commerce.

    These projects capture the transaction fees, network growth, and adoption tailwinds of the stablecoin boom.

    And as history shows, infrastructure plays are where the life-changing gains often are.

    When the internet and cloud revolutions began, the dramatic growth in end-user apps (social, streaming, mobile) grabbed headlines. But the real, long-lasting wealth was built in the layers beneath: fiber, data centers, network switches, vertical stacking, backbone routes, cloud compute, storage, cooling, etc.

    Just as gold miners and refiners benefited from a gold-anchored financial regime, the builders of this digital backbone have often captured the “take” over time. Massive capital expenditures morph into durable cash flows and impressive total returns for infrastructure operators and enablers.

    We’re seeing the same pattern today.

    Stablecoins may be the new gold, but the crypto projects that support them could be the true breadwinners.

    Time Is Running Out: The Stablecoin Era Begins Oct. 21

    Project Yorktown” is set to go live later this month, on Oct. 21, 2025.

    That means the window to position yourself is measured in days, not years.

    History shows that once capital floods into a new sector, prices move fast.

    • In 2017, Bitcoin ran from $1,000 to $20,000.
    • Ethereum soared from $200 to $4,000 in 2021.
    • Stablecoin infrastructure could see similar moves once this $4 trillion flood begins.

    The question isn’t if the money is coming. It’s whether you’ll be positioned when it arrives.

    If you missed the original broadcast, you can still watch our “Project Yorktown” Summit replay.

    In it, I break down:

    • How a secret four-page document sparked this transformation.
    • Why stablecoins are the new gold standard for America’s financial future.
    • And the seven cryptos I believe are best positioned to ride this wave to 100x potential.

    I even give away one pick for free, just for watching.

    Watch the replay while you still can.

    The post Stablecoins: The New Gold Standard of Global Finance appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The Biggest Capital Flood in History Begins This Month]]> /2025/10/biggest-capital-flood-history-this-month/ Stablecoin regulation could quietly solve America’s debt crisis... ipmlc-3309547 Wed, 08 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0400 The Biggest Capital Flood in History Begins This Month Jeff Remsburg Wed, 08 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0400 In today’s Digest takeover, technology expert Luke Lango unpacks one of the most important shifts in modern finance — a $4 trillion flood of capital tied to President Trump’s Project Yorktown and its sweeping new stablecoin regulation.

    This major monetary pivot could permanently alter how money moves through the global economy. Luke explains how this new framework channels trillions into U.S. Treasuries, strengthens the dollar, and ignites a boom across the crypto infrastructure powering stablecoins.

    Luke explains why this event could mark the start of a structural bull market in blockchain networks like Ethereum (ETH/USD) and Solana (SOL/USD) … and how the same rails that secure the system could also deliver 10X to 100X returns for early investors.

    Luke first revealed this opportunity during his Project Yorktown Summit on Monday. He walked through the secret four-page document behind the plan, the seven cryptos best positioned to ride the coming surge, and one free pick set to double in the next 12 months.

    If you missed it, you can still catch the replay — but only for a short time.

    Click here to watch the full Project Yorktown Summit replay before it goes offline.

    Have a good evening,

    Jeff Remsburg

    Money has always been the great reset button of history.

    When the gears of the global economy grind to a halt, a flood of fresh capital rushes in like a tide washing over the wreckage, reshaping the shoreline for a new financial era.

    In 2008, that tide took the form of a $700 billion bailout. It didn’t just rescue Wall Street … it rebuilt it. From those floodwaters rose a 12-year bull market that sent the S&P 500 soaring nearly 400%.

    Then came 2020. As the world locked down, the Federal Reserve unleashed $13 trillion — more money than the U.S. spent fighting its 13 most expensive wars combined. That torrent of liquidity turned despair into one of the fastest recoveries ever seen, igniting booms in stocks, housing, and digital assets.

    Now, in 2025, the levee is about to break again.

    A fresh $4 trillion wave is gathering offshore — this time, tied to President Trump’s new “Project Yorktown” stablecoin framework. When it hits, it won’t just ripple through the crypto markets. It will redraw the map of modern finance.

    And just as in 2008 and 2020, those who position themselves before the tide turns could ride it to generational wealth.

    So, today, we’ll explain the mechanics behind this shift: to help you understand why this moment is so important – and how to get ahead of it.

    From Niche to Necessity: How Stablecoins Became the Backbone of Crypto

    While they might not sound very flashy, stablecoins are the backbone of the digital economy.

    That’s because these digital tokens are pegged to the U.S. dollar. And since every coin is backed by a dollar (or equivalent collateral) sitting in reserve, they are far less volatile than cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin (BTC/USD) or Ethereum (ETH/USD), yet still give users the same speed and flexibility.

    And the growth in this niche has been staggering…

    Back in 2020, there were less than $10 billion in stablecoins in circulation.

    That number has since grown 2,900% to over $300 billion. And Bloomberg projects that by 2030, stablecoins could handle $50 trillion in annual payments, accounting for more than 17% of all consumer transactions.

    All of this growth, however, has happened largely without clear regulatory support – often in spite of government skepticism.

    But now, with Project Yorktown, Washington is giving stablecoins its official stamp of approval. And that changes everything.

    Here’s why.

    Why Stablecoin Regulation Could Unlock $4 Trillion in Treasury Demand

    To issue $1 via stablecoin, you need $1 of collateral, which is almost always parked in U.S. Treasuries.

    Right now, the stablecoin market measures about $300 billion. That means $300 billion worth of Treasuries are already locked up backing stablecoins.

    But under Project Yorktown, the U.S. government is creating a federal licensing framework for stablecoin issuers, similar to how national banks are chartered today. Companies that meet strict reserve, transparency, and reporting standards will gain automatic approval to issue dollar-backed tokens.

    That means the largest banks, asset managers, and fintech platforms – names like JPMorgan (JPM), BlackRock (BLK), and PayPal (PYPL) – can now launch stablecoins at scale without the patchwork of state-by-state approvals or fear of future enforcement crackdowns.

    This is where that big number comes in.

    Bernstein Research projects this will lead to $4 trillion worth of stablecoins in circulation over the next few years. And since every one of those coins needs Treasury collateral backing it, that’s $4 trillion of fresh capital pouring into the system.

    If trillions do flow into Treasuries to back stablecoins, two things happen simultaneously:

    • Debt crisis relief. America’s reliance on foreign creditors disappears. Instead of China or Japan holding our IOUs, stablecoin issuers soak up the supply. It’s like refinancing the national debt on much friendlier terms.
    • Capital shock to crypto. Every stablecoin acts like a gateway into the broader crypto ecosystem. The more stablecoins in circulation, the more liquidity flows into exchanges, decentralized finance (DeFi) platforms, tokenized assets, and beyond.

    In other words: Stablecoins aren’t just a product. They’re financial rails. And when the rails expand by 10X, everything riding on them benefits.

    That’s why insiders are so confident about this trillion-dollar shockwave. It won’t just stabilize the U.S. financial system. It’ll also ignite the crypto economy.

    When Capital Floods ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s, Generational Wealth Follows

    Capital floods like this are rare – but when they happen, investors stand to make fortunes.

    For example, back in the late 1800s, the Gold Standard created massive demand for gold, triggering one of the most prosperous centuries in U.S. history.

    In the 1980s and ’90s, pension funds poured into equities. The S&P 500 went on one of the greatest multi-decade runs ever recorded.

    And in 2020–21, stimulus checks and retail capital flooded into crypto. Even meme coins went 1,000%-plus.

    Now we’re staring down a $4-trillion capital flood that makes all that growth look small by comparison. And unlike past cycles, this one isn’t speculative. It’s structural.

    So, where will this money actually go?

    Of course, some of it will stay in stablecoins themselves. But the real upside isn’t in those digital tokens but the infrastructure that supports them. That’s because every new dollar-backed token minted creates demand across the entire financial technology stack:

    • Blockchains: Public networks like Ethereum or Solana (SOL/USD) process billions of stablecoin transactions. As volume surges, so do network fees and token value.
    • Custody providers: Regulated custodians safeguard the Treasury collateral behind stablecoins – a role that grows exponentially as reserves scale into the trillions.
    • Oracles: These data providers ensure that reserves remain fully backed and prices stay accurate in real time, enabling trust and compliance at institutional scale.
    • Payment networks: Integrations with major card issuers and point-of-sale systems will make stablecoins spendable anywhere, unlocking mainstream adoption.

    Together, these players form the critical plumbing of a new financial system. And history shows that in every major technology shift, it’s often the companies building the rails, not just those riding on them, that deliver the biggest returns.

    And we think that as $4 trillion flows in, they could see 10X gains in the next year, 30X gains by 2028… even 100X by 2030.

    Positioning Yourself Before the $4 Trillion Stablecoin Shockwave Hits

    The biggest winners in crypto history all shared one thing in common. They were bought before the capital flood, like:

    • Bitcoin at $100 – before Wall Street ETFs.
    • Ethereum at $10 – before DeFi exploded.
    • Solana at $2 – before nonfungible tokens (NFTs) ran wild.

    Now we have the clearest setup yet: a government-sanctioned $4-trillion flood into stablecoins, with an activation date just around the corner.

    Once the money starts flowing, the prices of the infrastructure plays will move fast.

    That’s why the window to position yourself is now.

    To help you make the most of it, I just held a special broadcast – my Project Yorktown Summit.

    There, I reveal:

    • The inside story of the secret four-page document.
    • The mechanics of how stablecoins unleash $4 trillion.
    • And the seven cryptos I believe could ride this tidal wave to generational wealth.

    I even give away one pick for free, just for watching.

    If you missed that summit, don’t worry. You can catch the full replay – but only for a limited time.

    Once it closes, so does your chance to get in before this stablecoin shockwave hits.

    Regards,

    Luke Lango

    Editor, Hypergrowth Investing

    The post The Biggest Capital Flood in History Begins This Month appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[What To Do When Wall Street Starts Believing in Magic]]> /smartmoney/2025/10/what-to-do-wall-street-believing-magic/ AMD and OpenAI’s partnership reveals why investors must stay rooted in reality. n/a amd1600 (2) An AMD sign on a CPU package. AMD Stock ipmlc-3309583 Wed, 08 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 What To Do When Wall Street Starts Believing in Magic Eric Fry Wed, 08 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Tom Yeung here with today’s Smart Money.

    Here’s a riddle for you…

    Imagine a lily pad sitting in the middle of a lake. Every day, the lily pad doubles in size. By the end of 30 days, the lake is fully covered.

    What percentage of the lake is covered by lily pads on day 29?

    Most grade school math teachers will quickly recognize this brain teaser. It’s a common way to teach kids how confusing exponential growth can be. Even adults have trouble picturing that just 50% of the lake will be covered on that penultimate day.

    The wizardry of compound growth can also cause a separate grade-school activity:

    Magical thinking.

    Kids tend to believe their personal thoughts have a direct effect on the world. That’s why teachers have little trouble convincing youngsters to behave, especially right before Christmas vacation. After all, Santa knows if you, a six-year-old, have been naughty or nice.

    On Wall Street, magical thinking happens often as well, especially when exponential growth seems limitless.

    During the electric vehicle craze of 2020, dozens of firms raised cash at billion-dollar valuations. Many would get sued for fraud, go bankrupt, or both after the initial boom slowed.

    That’s also why Monday’s deal between Advanced Micro Devices Inc. (AMD) and OpenAI should raise some eyebrows.

    In today’s Smart Money, I’ll detail how this deal highlights magical thinking on Wall Street’s part… and the best way to guard yourself against it.

    AMD’s Backwards Deal

    In their deal, AMD agreed to supply up to 6 gigawatts (GW) of GPU muscle to power OpenAI’s next-gen infrastructure in exchange for up to 160 million shares.

    Here’s where the eyebrow raising comes in…

    Typically, a company that wants to buy $60 billion’s worth of products would usually write an IOU for $60 billion. That’s the basic rule of commerce, and it represents roughly the value of 6GW of AMD’s chips, assuming a market price of $25,000 each.

    But OpenAI did the opposite.

    Instead of an IOU, OpenAI persuaded AMD to issue them 160 million warrants at a cent each. So, AMD is paying $33 billion (10% of its current market valuation) for OpenAI to take the deal.

    Now, there are three big reasons why AMD would do this backwards deal.

    1. OpenAI currently has a golden touch with share prices.

    2. The partnership with OpenAI gives AMD a seat at the AI table, paving the way for more exponential growth.

    3. Warrants (much like stock options) are a relatively easy way to hide dilution from Wall Street bears.Most investors will happily ignore rising share counts if revenues are going up even faster.

    However, Eric rightly pointed out in his Fry’s Investment Report service that this deal hinges on a major “what if” from OpenAI…

    This inversion makes OpenAI’s path to profitability fundamentally different from, and arguably less reliable than, the business models of past tech giants. It’s one thing to scale a product like Microsoft Corp.’s (MSFT) Microsoft Office or Alphabet Inc.’s (GOOGL) Google Search – quite another to scale an AI system that consumes electricity and silicon like an industrial furnace.

    The deal is also astonishingly vague. There’s no timeline for the 6GW purchase, nor the pricing of the deal. In fact, shares of AMD slipped more than 10% in intraday trading on Monday after these doubts began to surface.

    Though AI spending is only getting started, there are some growing hints that magical thinking is beginning to take over the otherwise sound reasoning of exponential growth.

    So, what does it mean for investors when Wall Street starts thinking a little too magically?

    The answer is to invest in the “future-proof,” especially when it comes to AI. And here’s why you’ll want to…

    How to Guard Against Magical Thinking

    As Eric said…

    It is possible that AMD will continue to build on its recent gains. But [its] massive jump seems a bit excessive to me. It feels reminiscent of the frothiness that characterized the peak of the dot-com bubble.

    To be clear, I am not suggesting that the AI boom has entered the terminal, bubble phase, but hints of irrational exuberance are starting to appear.

    Instead, to keep a healthy, diversified portfolio, Eric recommends investing across the four AI categories that he’s identified…

  • AI Builders – Companies that are creating the software and hardware architectures that allow AI technologies to operate and scale (like AMD).
  • AI Enablers – Companies that supply the physical materials, energy, and real estate required to build and operate AI systems.
  • AI Appliers – Companies that are quietly adopting AI technologies to boost efficiency, productivity, and profitability.
  • AI Survivors – Companies that produce goods and services that AI cannot replicate or replace.
  • This last category is especially useful to guard against any runaway magical thinking and irrational exuberance. It includes companies that operate in major industries like…

    • Agriculture
    • Energy in its various forms
    • Mining
    • Hospitality and travel

    Other types of survivors provide “affordable luxuries” like farm-to-table foodstuffs, artisanal home goods, premium coffees, or high-end spirits.

    Eric recommends companies in these “survivor” industries at Fry’s Investment Report.

    To learn how to access these names, simply click here.

    Until next week,

    Tom Yeung

    ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Analyst, InvestorPlace

    The post What To Do When Wall Street Starts Believing in Magic appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The $16 Trillion Tokenization Era Has Begun]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/from-ai-to-tokenization-the-next-megatrend-investors-shouldnt-ignore/ How tokenization is rewriting the rules of investing n/a asset-tokenization-blockchain A neon chain representing the blockchain, asset tokenization ipmlc-3307786 Wed, 08 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 The $16 Trillion Tokenization Era Has Begun Luke Lango Wed, 08 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 Editor’s note: “The $16 Trillion Tokenization Era Has Begun” was previously published in September 2025 with the title, “From AI to Tokenization: The Next Megatrend Investors Shouldn’t Ignore. It has since been updated to include the most relevant information available.

    For nearly three years now, Wall Street has had an almost singular focus: AI, all the time. Trillions in capital have chased the AI boom, minting new tech giants and reshaping entire industries.

    But every era of explosive growth eventually gives way to the next – and the smartest investors are already positioning themselves for what comes after AI.

    That “next big thing” is already taking shape in the background. It’s more foundational than any single technology trend; it’s poised to transform how money, markets, and assets themselves function.

    It’s called tokenization – and thanks to a new federal initiative we’re calling “Project Yorktown,” it’s about to go mainstream.

    We expect this is the next structural shift in finance: one that could unleash trillions in value and redefine how the global economy operates.

    Here’s why…

    Tokenization Explained: The $16 Trillion Shift Reshaping Global Finance

    Tokenization is the process of creating digital representations, or “tokens,” on a blockchain to represent ownership of a real-world asset (RWA) – like stocks, bonds, real estate, or currencies. 

    This turns these assets into digital units that can be divided, traded, and managed more easily and efficiently. For example, instead of buying a bond that takes two days to settle through layers of intermediaries, a tokenized bond can be exchanged instantly, traded 24/7 with global liquidity, and managed directly from a digital wallet 

    Tokenization eliminates intermediaries, hastens settlement, reduces costs, and increases transparency. And it’s not just theoretical. The world’s largest financial institutions are already building around it.

    • BlackRock (BLK) has launched a tokenized Treasury fund on Ethereum (ETH/USD). The fact that the world’s largest asset manager is leading the charge should not be ignored.
    • JPMorgan Chase (JPM) runs its own blockchain unit, Kinexys, which has processed over $1.5 trillion in transactions since its inception (then Onyx), with an average $2 billion in daily transaction volume.
    • Goldman Sachs (GS) and HSBC (HSBC) are piloting tokenized bond offerings.
    • Citi (C) has been experimenting with tokenized deposits and cross-border settlement.

    And just as Wall Street builds this future ‘plumbing’ of finance, Washington is clearing the legal roadblocks – creating the regulatory certainty needed for trillions to flow on-chain…

    How New U.S. Stablecoin Laws Are Accelerating the Tokenization Era

    If 2020-21 was the era of decentralized finance (DeFi) and 2023-24 was the era of Bitcoin ETFs, then 2025-26 could be the era of stablecoins.

    Why? Because we’re at an inflection point. After years of federal skepticism, the U.S. government is now embracing the crypto economy. Three new policies lay out the legal framework, clearing regulatory hurdles and accelerating on-chain adoption.

    The GENIUS Act (Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S. Stablecoins), signed in July 2025, requires 1:1 reserves, exempts compliant stablecoins from securities laws, and introduces freeze/seize provisions. October 17, 2025 is the deadline for a U.S. Treasury Request for Comment (RFC) regarding innovative anti-money-laundering detection methods – meaning things are moving fast here.

    The CLARITY Act (Digital Asset ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Clarity), passed by the House in July 2025, goes further – defining digital commodities, investment contract assets, and stablecoins while clarifying United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) vs. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) jurisdiction. Senate passage looks likely by late 2025 or early 2026.

    And the icing on the cake? What we’re calling Trump’s “Project Yorktown”: a federal framework that adopts stablecoins as part of the financial system. And it goes into effect very soon: on Oct. 21, 2025.

    Soon, platforms issuing tokenized equities will finally know which rules apply, who regulates them, and how to comply.

    That clarity is profoundly bullish. Stablecoins already account for ~$160 billion in circulating supply, dominated by Tether (USDT/USD) and Circle’s USD Coin (USDC/USD). They serve as the “oil” of crypto markets – greasing trading pairs, DeFi protocols, and cross-border payments. But that’s just the starting point. This potential market is orders of magnitude larger once tokenization and payments enter the picture.

    In fact, Bloomberg Intelligence estimates tokenized assets could reach $16 trillion by the end of the decade.

    When trillions move, fees do, too. That means new revenue streams for asset managers, banks, exchanges, and fintech platforms…

    Where the Smart Money Is Going in the Tokenization Boom

    Of course, if trillions of dollars do migrate on-chain, the obvious question is: who benefits? Let’s map it out.

    Stablecoins

    First up are stablecoins. They’re the settlement currency for tokenized markets, meaning every trade in tokenized stocks, bonds, or real estate needs a digital dollar to close. 

    Recently, long-awaited regulatory clarity in the U.S. gives institutions the green light to start using them at scale. In our view, the winners here are clear: USD Coin, Tether USDT, and PayPal USD (PYUSD/USD). Among them, we think USDC is best positioned for the U.S. market due to its closer alignment with regulators.

    Smart Contract Platforms

    Then you have the smart contract platforms – the blockchains where tokenized assets will actually live. Ethereum is the clear front-runner: it has the most liquidity, the strongest institutional traction, and has essentially become the default for serious players. But challengers like Solana (SOL/USD), Avalanche (AVAX/USD), Polkadot (DOT/USD), and Cosmos (ATOM/USD) are also carving out niches. 

    Solana offers fast and cheap transactions, making it appealing to retail-friendly platforms like Robinhood (HOOD). Avalanche is creating custom “subnets” designed for regulated financial use cases. And Polkadot and Cosmos are focused on interoperability, which could be critical for bridging tokenized ecosystems together.

    Tokenization Protocols

    Next are the tokenization protocols: the middleware that makes sure new digital assets are compliant, transparent, and secure. This includes companies like: 

    • Chainlink (LINK/USD), which provides oracle services, pricing data, and proof-of-reserve audits
    • Stellar (XLM/USD), which already has partnerships in stablecoins and tokenized asset projects
    • Ondo (ONDO/USD), a fast-growing player in tokenized Treasuries and bonds
    • Polymath (POLY/USD), an early name in security token standards 

    These firms are the “connective tissue” that allows Wall Street assets to safely live on-chain.

    Decentralized Finance Platforms

    Of course, once assets are tokenized, they need places to trade, borrow, buy, and sell. That’s where DeFi platforms come in. 

    Imagine a world where tokenized stocks can be borrowed against like margin collateral, swapped instantly like currencies, or deposited into lending pools for yield. Projects like Aave (AAVE/USD), Compound (COMP/USD), Uniswap (UNI/USD), Maker (MKR/USD), and dYdX (DYDX/USD) already power much of crypto’s decentralized finance. When tokenized equities and bonds join the mix, their potential addressable market should grow exponentially.

    Custodians

    Compliance and custody will also matter immensely in this space. Large institutions won’t settle for fully open, permissionless chains. They’ll want permissioned blockchains with built-in identity checks and anti-money-laundering safeguards. Here, platforms like Polygon (MATIC/USD), Algorand (ALGO/USD), and Hedera (HBAR/USD) have positioned themselves with strong enterprise partnerships. If banks and asset managers tokenize assets, expect these chains to play a key role.

    Verifiers

    Finally, there’s digital identity. Not every investor can legally buy private equity or venture capital tokens, which means systems will be needed to whitelist accredited investors and verify compliance. This is where decentralized identity projects like Civic (CVC/USD) and Worldcoin (WLD/USD) enter the picture. If tokenized private markets really scale, identity tokens could become just as essential as stablecoins in enabling access.

    Put it all together, and you can see the full map: stablecoins as the settlement layer, blockchains as the backbone, tokenization protocols as the middleware, DeFi as the marketplace, enterprise chains as the compliance guardrails, and identity tokens as the access keys. 

    Put together, here’s the stack: stablecoins as the settlement layer, blockchains as the backbone, tokenization protocols as middleware, DeFi as the marketplace, enterprise chains as the compliance guardrails, and identity tokens as the access keys.

    That’s the emerging architecture of the tokenization economy.

    Why Tokenization – Not AI – Could Define the Next Decade of Investing

    Crypto spent the past decade growing from experiment to a $2 trillion asset class. The next decade will be defined by tokenization, where the rest of finance joins the blockchain era.

    For stock investors, that means opportunity not just in tokens but in publicly traded firms leading the buildout. BlackRock, JPMorgan, Coinbase (COIN), Nasdaq, and PayPal (PYPL) are no longer just financial names; they’re early architects of a system poised to handle tens of trillions.

    And with “Project Yorktown” set to officially integrate stablecoins into the U.S. financial system on Oct. 21, 2025, the pace of adoption is about to accelerate dramatically.

    Those who position themselves before that cash migration begins stand to capture the lion’s share of the upside.

    That’s why we recently hosted our Project Yorktown Summit – a deep-dive into how this policy could ignite the next wave of crypto and real-world asset investing. In it, we break down the mechanics behind the coming tokenization boom and reveal the specific projects, protocols, and stocks best positioned to benefit.

    If you’re serious about finding the next generational opportunity in finance, this is your chance to get ahead of it – before the new rules go live and the capital floodgates open.

    Discover how to position yourself before Oct. 21 changes everything.

    The post The $16 Trillion Tokenization Era Has Begun appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[A $4T Opportunity Starts Now]]> /2025/10/a-4t-opportunity-starts-now/ n/a cash1600h a man sitting behind a pile of cash. Top Stock Picks for Rally ipmlc-3309535 Wed, 08 Oct 2025 08:51:42 -0400 A $4T Opportunity Starts Now Jeff Remsburg Wed, 08 Oct 2025 08:51:42 -0400 The story behind Project Yorktown… what it is and how big it could be… how to invest… Bitcoin and gold hit new all-time highs

    Over the last week, our hypergrowth expert Luke Lango has been predicting a coming “financial reset” – a seismic event he’s dubbed Project Yorktown.

    It’s so significant that it’s managed to do what almost nothing else in Washington can – unite Democrats and Republicans. More than a hundred Democrats reportedly crossed the aisle to support it.

    On Monday, Luke held a live event detailing what’s happening and the related investment upside potential.

    Here’s Luke:

    Some estimates suggest 10x gains in the next 12 months, 30x in the next three years, and even 100x by 2030 for those who understand where the money is going.

    So, what’s the real story behind the name “Project Yorktown”?

    We’ve hit an inflection point in the global financial system, and a new era in digital currencies

    Project Yorktown involves a handful of massive stories all intersecting at once…

    Fiat currency debasement, sovereign debt crises, asset tokenization, the blockchain, and the era of stablecoins.

    Altogether, we’re looking at the potential for a $4 trillion opportunity (possibly more as we’ll detail in a bit) …

    Let’s back up to make sure we’re all on the same page.

    Stablecoins are cryptocurrencies, but they’re nothing like Bitcoin or Ethereum. They aren’t volatile and don’t promise “get rich quick” gains. But they’re quietly becoming the most important financial innovation since the credit card.

    In simple terms, stablecoins are digital tokens pegged to traditional currencies like the U.S. dollar. Their value is in how they let money move across the blockchain in a near-frictionless way. Here’s a high-level overview of their benefits:

    • Stablecoin transfers settle in minutes, regardless of geographic location or banking hours.
    • The transactions are much cheaper than traditional wire transfers or credit card payments.
    • And they can be accessed and transacted at any time – you just need an internet connection and a digital wallet.

    Here’s Luke with more context:

    Stablecoins serve as the “oil” of crypto markets — greasing trading pairs, DeFi protocols, and cross-border payments.

    But that’s just the starting point…

    The potential market for stablecoins is orders of magnitude larger once tokenization and payments enter the picture.

    “Tokenization” has many applications, but the most relevant one for investors is “asset tokenization,” which converts the value of a physical asset, like real estate, into digital tokens on a blockchain.

    Each token represents a fractional share of ownership, allowing investors to buy a portion of some high-value asset. This makes assets that were once only available to the super-wealthy accessible to many investors.

    Given their variety of uses and transactional benefits, Luke says stablecoins are the bridge between the old financial world and the new one:

    If 2020–2021 was the era of DeFi, and 2023–2024 was the era of Bitcoin ETFs, then 2025–2026 could be the era of stablecoins.

    Why? Because we’re at an inflection point. The world’s financial system is finally colliding with blockchain rails, and stablecoins are the bridge asset that makes that collision possible.

    Now, behind that “finally colliding” is a key detail…

    For the first time, Washington is getting ready to bless this technology.

    Washington’s quiet pivot moment

    Remember Gary Gensler?

    He was the former chair of the Securities and Exchange Commission – and the most hated man in the crypto industry.

    As head of the SEC, he sued Coinbase, Binance, and Kraken… he went after various crypto tokens such as Ripple (XRP), trying to treat them as unregistered securities… and his overall attitude toward crypto was so adversarial that it prompted rebukes from politicians like Congressman Tom Emmer, saying:

    Gary Gensler has been the worst thing that could ever have happened to the SEC…

    His open-door policy is the biggest frock that, you know what that ever existed. It’s literally, come on in, tell me what your project is, and then we’re going to sue you.

    No more.

    We now have crypto advocates in key government agencies, and they’re pushing forward new pro-crypto agendas.

    Back to Luke:

    This October, two potential policy milestones could accelerate the adoption curve:

    The Genius Bill Comment Deadline.

    • This is Congress’ attempt to create a regulatory framework for stablecoins.
    • The October deadline for public comments is critical: if industry groups and lobbyists successfully steer the conversation toward a light-touch, innovation-friendly framework, it will give U.S.-backed stablecoins a green light to scale.
    • Think of it like ETFs in the early 2000s — once the rules were clear, adoption skyrocketed.

    Momentum on the Clarity Act.

    • This act aims to define when tokens are or aren’t securities.
    • Why does that matter for stablecoins? Because issuers and exchanges need regulatory certainty to onboard banks, fintechs, and payment processors.
    • If progress continues here, the legal risk of stablecoin integration drops dramatically, unlocking institutional adoption.

    Together, these represent the first real shot at mainstreaming stablecoins in the U.S. financial system.

    Luke believes the bipartisan support for Project Yorktown was no accident. It’s a recognition that America’s financial independence now depends on rebuilding its monetary infrastructure – moving away from foreign debt dependence and toward a blockchain-based, U.S.-anchored financial system.

    In other words, the stablecoin infrastructure – now supported by the U.S. government – is at the heart of Project Yorktown.

    How big is this opportunity?

    Luke reports that stablecoins already have about $160 billion in circulation, mostly through Tether (USDT) and Circle’s USD Coin (USDC). But Luke believes that’s only the tip of the iceberg:

    If the crypto market grows from roughly $2.5 trillion today to $10 trillion by 2030, stablecoin supply could easily scale to $1 trillion just to support liquidity.

    That’s just within crypto.

    The growth curve explodes once you factor in the tokenization of traditional assets – bonds, equities, real estate. Luke says that even a modest 5% migration of global assets onto blockchain rails could mean $25 trillion worth of tokenized value, all requiring stablecoin infrastructure to move and settle.

    Payments and remittances could add hundreds of billions more. And don’t forget institutional adoption.

    Here’s Luke ballparking the entire prospective market size:

    Scenarios by 2030:

    • Base Case (crypto-only): ~$1T supply.
    • Moderate Case (tokenization + payments): $3–5T supply.
    • Aggressive Case (full integration into finance): $7–10T supply.

    That would make stablecoins one of the largest financial asset classes on Earth.

    How do you invest?

    That’s what Luke’s Project Yorktown live event on Monday tackled. But here are some big-picture thoughts and names from Luke:

    Stablecoins are not a speculative altcoin trade. They’re infrastructure.

    The winners here will be issuers (Circle, Tether, PayPal, maybe even banks), infrastructure providers (blockchains like Ethereum, Solana, Avalanche), and custodians of tokenized Treasuries (BlackRock, Franklin Templeton, JPMorgan).

    In other words, investing in stablecoins isn’t about owning USDC or USDT — it’s about backing the companies and protocols that will profit from stablecoin rails becoming global financial plumbing.

    We’ll bring you more on this later in the week. But for a deeper dive into the opportunity, Luke unpacked all of this in detail during his Project Yorktown Summit earlier this week.

    He highlighted seven opportunities tied to this financial reset and one free pick he says could double within the next 12 months. He also explained why you want to get yourself in position ahead of October 21, exactly two weeks from today.

    If you missed it, the full replay is available here for a limited time.

    Sticking with the crypto world…

    Bitcoin’s momentum has returned with a vengeance.

    Over the past week the grandaddy crypto ripped back above $120k and briefly pushed past $125k yesterday, hitting a fresh all-time high as buyers piled in.

    Back to Luke with the tailwinds driving the surge:

    The rally was fueled by a mix of macro optimism (rate cut hopes creeping back onto the calendar) and structural strength in the crypto economy, with stablecoins and tokenization projects drawing increasing investor attention…

    Technicals have flipped constructive again.

    Bitcoin has reclaimed its shorter-term moving averages, and the $104K 200-day support — which looked like a looming test just last week — now feels comfortably in the rear-view mirror.

    Momentum, breadth, and sentiment are aligning, setting the stage for a potential strong October.

    It’s not just Bitcoin – gold is surging too

    As I write Tuesday, gold futures have set a new all-time high, topping $4,000 for the first time. Why?

    We could point toward rate-cut hopes and soft real yields… macropolitical uncertainty… and momentum (among other factors), but the big one remains…

    Gold is the ultimate hedge against the excesses of global governments.

    Most advanced Western governments have made more financial promises than their economies can realistically support. They have mountains of debt and unfunded obligations so gargantuan that they can’t be repaid as is. The only hope is through money that’s been diluted, devalued, and frankly – mangled.

    In other words, our global governments will print their way out of trouble. It’s a pattern we’ve seen through thousands of years of economic history.

    So, investors are turning toward assets that can’t be conjured out of thin air – gold (and silver), and digital alternatives like Bitcoin.

    This is a tailwind that won’t disappear anytime soon. Sure, gold and Bitcoin can – and will – go through temporary corrections when momentum pushes prices too high, too fast. But don’t miss the massive structural tailwind behind these two hard assets today.

    Coming full circle

    Bitcoin and gold are hitting new highs…

    This is a signal that investors see what’s coming – a slow, steady erosion of fiat’s real value. Against that reality, Luke’s Project Yorktown brings a twist…

    While Bitcoin and gold are the escape valves for our wealth, stablecoins are becoming the new plumbing to the entire economic system. Even though they’re pegged to the dollar, their benefit isn’t about beating inflation or preserving buying power, it’s in replacing the old financial rails that inflation has exposed as broken.

    Our goal? Identify the top players that are a part of this new system – the handful of stocks and cryptos making transactions faster, cheaper, borderless, and beyond the reach of central bank red tape. Invest, and then hold on.

    Once again, for Luke’s top ideas for how to play this, check out the replay of this week’s briefing here.

    This shift is coming. Let’s get there first.

    Have a good evening,

    Jeff Remsburg

    The post A $4T Opportunity Starts Now appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The Tide That Could Rewrite Financial History]]> /market360/2025/10/the-tide-that-could-rewrite-financial-history/ This new wave of regulation could spark explosive growth across the digital economy n/a image (71) ipmlc-3309508 Tue, 07 Oct 2025 16:55:00 -0400 The Tide That Could Rewrite Financial History Louis Navellier Tue, 07 Oct 2025 16:55:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: There’s an explosive opportunity hiding in plain sight that most investors are completely missing. And yesterday, my friend and InvestorPlace colleague Luke Lango went public with what may be the wealth-building opportunity of the decade – one tied directly to President Trump’s “Project Yorktown.”

    This landmark economic plan, quietly supported by 102 House Democrats, could soon trigger a $4 trillion capital surge into the crypto markets through a newly approved U.S. stablecoin framework set to activate on October 21.

    Now, I don’t recommend crypto, but I’ve been watching this space closely. And I have to say, this could be the biggest financial reset of our lifetimes … and as the volume of these digital assets explode 10-fold or even 25-fold, these digital channels become exponentially more valuable. So, if you missed Luke’s Project Yorktown Summit yesterday, I strongly encourage you to check out the full replay now… it’s only available for a limited time.

    Click here to watch the full replay before it goes offline.

    In the meantime, I encourage you to take some time and read the article below from Luke…

    ****

    Money has always been the great reset button of history.

    When the gears of the global economy grind to a halt, a flood of fresh capital rushes in like a tide washing over the wreckage, reshaping the shoreline for a new financial era.

    In 2008, that tide took the form of a $700 billion bailout. It didn’t just rescue Wall Street … it rebuilt it. From those floodwaters rose a 12-year bull market that sent the S&P 500 soaring nearly 400%.

    Then came 2020. As the world locked down, the Federal Reserve unleashed $13 trillion — more money than the U.S. spent fighting its 13 most expensive wars combined. That torrent of liquidity turned despair into one of the fastest recoveries ever seen, igniting booms in stocks, housing, and digital assets.

    Now, in 2025, the levee is about to break again.

    A fresh $4 trillion wave is gathering offshore — this time, tied to President Trump’s new “Project Yorktown” stablecoin framework. When it hits, it won’t just ripple through the crypto markets. It will redraw the map of modern finance.

    And just as in 2008 and 2020, those who position themselves before the tide turns could ride it to generational wealth.

    So, in today’s issue of Hypergrowth Investing, we’ll explain the mechanics behind this shift: to help you understand why this moment is so important – and how to get ahead of it.

    From Niche to Necessity: How Stablecoins Became the Backbone of Crypto

    While they might not sound very flashy, stablecoins are the backbone of the digital economy.

    That’s because these digital tokens are pegged to the U.S. dollar. And since every coin is backed by a dollar (or equivalent collateral) sitting in reserve, they are far less volatile than cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin (BTC/USD) or Ethereum (ETH/USD), yet still give users the same speed and flexibility.

    And the growth in this niche has been staggering…

    Back in 2020, there were less than $10 billion in stablecoins in circulation. 

    That number has since grown 2,900% to over $300 billion. And Bloomberg projects that by 2030, stablecoins could handle $50 trillion in annual payments, accounting for more than 17% of all consumer transactions.

    All of this growth, however, has happened largely without clear regulatory support – often in spite of government skepticism. 

    But now, with Project Yorktown, Washington is giving stablecoins its official stamp of approval. And that changes everything.

    Here’s why.

    Why Stablecoin Regulation Could Unlock $4 Trillion in Treasury Demand

    To issue $1 via stablecoin, you need $1 of collateral, which is almost always parked in U.S. Treasuries.

    Right now, the stablecoin market measures about $300 billion. That means $300 billion worth of Treasuries are already locked up backing stablecoins.

    But under Project Yorktown, the U.S. government is creating a federal licensing framework for stablecoin issuers, similar to how national banks are chartered today. Companies that meet strict reserve, transparency, and reporting standards will gain automatic approval to issue dollar-backed tokens.

    That means the largest banks, asset managers, and fintech platforms – names like JPMorgan (JPM), BlackRock (BLK), and PayPal (PYPL) – can now launch stablecoins at scale without the patchwork of state-by-state approvals or fear of future enforcement crackdowns.

    This is where that big number comes in.

    Bernstein Research projects this will lead to $4 trillion worth of stablecoins in circulation over the next few years. And since every one of those coins needs Treasury collateral backing it, that’s $4 trillion of fresh capital pouring into the system.

    If trillions do flow into Treasuries to back stablecoins, two things happen simultaneously:

    • Debt crisis relief. America’s reliance on foreign creditors disappears. Instead of China or Japan holding our IOUs, stablecoin issuers soak up the supply. It’s like refinancing the national debt on much friendlier terms.
    • Capital shock to crypto. Every stablecoin acts like a gateway into the broader crypto ecosystem. The more stablecoins in circulation, the more liquidity flows into exchanges, decentralized finance (DeFi) platforms, tokenized assets, and beyond.

    In other words: Stablecoins aren’t just a product. They’re financial rails. And when the rails expand by 10X, everything riding on them benefits.

    That’s why insiders are so confident about this trillion-dollar shockwave. It won’t just stabilize the U.S. financial system. It’ll also ignite the crypto economy.

    When Capital Floods ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s, Generational Wealth Follows

    Capital floods like this are rare – but when they happen, investors stand to make fortunes.

    For example, back in the late 1800s, the Gold Standard created massive demand for gold, triggering one of the most prosperous centuries in U.S. history.

    In the 1980s and ’90s, pension funds poured into equities. The S&P 500 went on one of the greatest multi-decade runs ever recorded.

    And in 2020–21, stimulus checks and retail capital flooded into crypto. Even meme coins went 1,000%-plus.

    Now we’re staring down a $4-trillion capital flood that makes all that growth look small by comparison. And unlike past cycles, this one isn’t speculative. It’s structural.

    So, where will this money actually go?

    Of course, some of it will stay in stablecoins themselves. But the real upside isn’t in those digital tokens but the infrastructure that supports them. That’s because every new dollar-backed token minted creates demand across the entire financial technology stack:

    • Blockchains: Public networks like Ethereum or Solana (SOL/USD) process billions of stablecoin transactions. As volume surges, so do network fees and token value.
    • Custody providers: Regulated custodians safeguard the Treasury collateral behind stablecoins – a role that grows exponentially as reserves scale into the trillions.
    • Oracles: These data providers ensure that reserves remain fully backed and prices stay accurate in real time, enabling trust and compliance at institutional scale.
    • Payment networks: Integrations with major card issuers and point-of-sale systems will make stablecoins spendable anywhere, unlocking mainstream adoption.

    Together, these players form the critical plumbing of a new financial system. And history shows that in every major technology shift, it’s often the companies building the rails, not just those riding on them, that deliver the biggest returns.

    And we think that as $4 trillion flows in, they could see 10X gains in the next year, 30X gains by 2028… even 100X by 2030.

    Positioning Yourself Before the $4 Trillion Stablecoin Shockwave Hits

    The biggest winners in crypto history all shared one thing in common. They were bought before the capital flood, like:

    • Bitcoin at $100 – before Wall Street ETFs.
    • Ethereum at $10 – before DeFi exploded.
    • Solana at $2 – before nonfungible tokens (NFTs) ran wild.

    Now we have the clearest setup yet: a government-sanctioned $4-trillion flood into stablecoins, with an activation date just around the corner.

    Once the money starts flowing, the prices of the infrastructure plays will move fast.

    That’s why the window to position yourself is now.

    To help you make the most of it, I just held a special broadcast – my Project Yorktown Summit.

    There, I reveal:

    • The inside story of the secret four-page document.
    • The mechanics of how stablecoins unleash $4 trillion.
    • And the seven cryptos I believe could ride this tidal wave to generational wealth.

    I even give away one pick for free, just for watching.

    If you missed that summit, don’t worry. You can catch the full replay  – but only for a limited time. 

    Once it closes, so does your chance to get in before this stablecoin shockwave hits.

    Sincerely,

    Luke Lango's signature

    Luke Lango

    Editor, Hypergrowth Investing

    The post The Tide That Could Rewrite Financial History appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The $4 Trillion Stablecoin Boom That Could Redefine Global Finance]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/the-4-trillion-stablecoin-boom-that-could-redefine-global-finance/ The crypto market's biggest capital event ever is just weeks away n/a cryptocurrencies1600 Blue violet vector background. Bitcoin and blockchain. Electronic cryptocurrency and modern technology. Online banking, and financial communications. World wide web. Hot Cryptos to Buy ipmlc-3309424 Tue, 07 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 The $4 Trillion Stablecoin Boom That Could Redefine Global Finance Luke Lango Tue, 07 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 Throughout history, massive capital injections – from bailouts to stimulus packages – have reshaped global markets. Now a trillion-dollar surge tied to new U.S. stablecoin regulation could redefine finance once again…

    In 2008, when the U.S. Congress authorized a shocking $700 billion bailout to rescue the banking system, it did more than stabilize Wall Street. It laid the foundation for a 12-year bull market that ultimately led the S&P 500 nearly 400% higher.

    In 2020, the Federal Reserve printed trillions during the COVID-19 crisis; $13 trillion to be exact. As the Nasdaq noted, that’s “more than the U.S. spent in its 13 most expensive wars combined.” That cash injection kept the economy afloat – and triggered one of the fastest recoveries in history that saw an unprecedented boom in equities, real estate, and digital assets.

    Here in 2025, a new stimulus will soon reverberate through every corner of global finance…

    To the tune of $4 trillion.

    That’s how much capital is projected to flood into the crypto markets as President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” stablecoin framework goes live later this month.

    And just like in 2008 and 2020, that tidal wave of cash will redefine markets – and create some sensational investment opportunities.

    In fact, insiders are calling it the largest financial opportunity of our lifetimes.

    So, in today’s issue of Hypergrowth Investing, we’ll explain the mechanics behind this shift: to help you understand why this moment is so important – and how to get ahead of it.

    From Niche to Necessity: How Stablecoins Became the Backbone of Crypto

    While they might not sound very flashy, stablecoins are the backbone of the digital economy.

    That’s because these digital tokens are pegged to the U.S. dollar. And since every coin is backed by a dollar (or equivalent collateral) sitting in reserve, they are far less volatile than cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin (BTC/USD) or Ethereum (ETH/USD), yet still give users the same speed and flexibility.

    And the growth in this niche has been staggering…

    Back in 2020, there were less than $10 billion in stablecoins in circulation. 

    That number has since grown 2,900% to over $300 billion. And Bloomberg projects that by 2030, stablecoins could handle $50 trillion in annual payments, accounting for more than 17% of all consumer transactions.

    All of this growth, however, has happened largely without clear regulatory support – often in spite of government skepticism. 

    But now, with Project Yorktown, Washington is giving stablecoins its official stamp of approval on stablecoins. And that changes everything.

    Here’s why.

    Why Stablecoin Regulation Could Unlock $4 Trillion in Treasury Demand

    To issue $1 via stablecoin, you need $1 of collateral, which is almost always parked in U.S. Treasuries.

    Right now, the stablecoin market measures about $300 billion. That means $300 billion worth of Treasuries are already locked up backing stablecoins.

    But under Project Yorktown, the U.S. government is creating a federal licensing framework for stablecoin issuers, similar to how national banks are chartered today. Companies that meet strict reserve, transparency, and reporting standards will gain automatic approval to issue dollar-backed tokens.

    That means the largest banks, asset managers, and fintech platforms – names like JPMorgan (JPM), BlackRock (BLK), and PayPal (PYPL) – can now launch stablecoins at scale without the patchwork of state-by-state approvals or fear of future enforcement crackdowns.

    This is where that big number comes in.

    Bernstein Research projects this will lead to $4 trillion worth of stablecoins in circulation over the next few years. And since every one of those coins needs Treasury collateral backing it, that’s $4 trillion of fresh capital pouring into the system.

    If trillions do flow into Treasuries to back stablecoins, two things happen simultaneously:

    • Debt crisis relief. America’s reliance on foreign creditors disappears. Instead of China or Japan holding our IOUs, stablecoin issuers soak up the supply. It’s like refinancing the national debt on much friendlier terms.
    • Capital shock to crypto. Every stablecoin acts like a gateway into the broader crypto ecosystem. The more stablecoins in circulation, the more liquidity flows into exchanges, decentralized finance (DeFi) platforms, tokenized assets, and beyond.

    In other words: stablecoins aren’t just a product. They’re financial rails. And when the rails expand by 10x, everything riding on them benefits.

    That’s why insiders are so confident about this trillion-dollar shockwave. It won’t just stabilize the U.S. financial system. It’ll also ignite the crypto economy.

    When Capital Floods ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s, Generational Wealth Follows

    Capital floods like this are rare – but when they happen, investors stand to make fortunes.

    For example, back in the late 1800s, the Gold Standard created massive demand for gold, triggering one of the most prosperous centuries in U.S. history.

    In the 1980s and ’90s, pension funds poured into equities. The S&P 500 went on one of the greatest multi-decade runs ever recorded.

    And in 2020–21, stimulus checks and retail capital flooded into crypto. Even meme coins went 1,000%-plus.

    Now we’re staring down a $4-trillion capital flood that makes all that growth look small by comparison. And unlike past cycles, this one isn’t speculative. It’s structural.

    So, where will this money actually go?

    Of course, some of it will stay in stablecoins themselves. But the real upside isn’t in those digital tokens but the infrastructure that supports them. That’s because every new dollar-backed token minted creates demand across the entire financial technology stack:

    • Blockchains: Public networks like Ethereum or Solana (SOL/USD) process billions of stablecoin transactions. As volume surges, so do network fees and token value.
    • Custody providers: Regulated custodians safeguard the Treasury collateral behind stablecoins – a role that grows exponentially as reserves scale into the trillions.
    • Oracles: These data providers ensure that reserves remain fully backed and prices stay accurate in real time, enabling trust and compliance at institutional scale.
    • Payment networks: Integrations with major card issuers and point-of-sale systems will make stablecoins spendable anywhere, unlocking mainstream adoption.

    Together, these players form the critical plumbing of a new financial system. And history shows that in every major technology shift, it’s often the companies building the rails, not just those riding on them, that deliver the biggest returns.

    And we think that as $4 trillion flows in, they could see 10x gains in the next year, 30x gains by 2028… even 100x by 2030.

    Positioning Yourself Before the $4 Trillion Stablecoin Shockwave Hits

    The biggest winners in crypto history all shared one thing in common. They were bought before the capital flood, like:

    • Bitcoin at $100 – before Wall Street ETFs.
    • Ethereum at $10 – before DeFi exploded.
    • Solana at $2 – before nonfungible tokens (NFTs) ran wild.

    Now we have the clearest setup yet: a government-sanctioned $4-trillion flood into stablecoins, with an activation date just around the corner.

    Once the money starts flowing, the prices of the infrastructure plays will move fast.

    That’s why the window to position yourself is now.

    To help you make the most of it, I just held a special broadcast – my Project Yorktown Summit.

    There, I reveal:

    • The inside story of the secret four-page document.
    • The mechanics of how stablecoins unleash $4 trillion.
    • And the seven cryptos I believe could ride this tidal wave to generational wealth.

    I even give away one pick for free, just for watching.

    If you missed that summit, don’t worry. You can catch the full replay – but only for a limited time. 

    Once it closes, so does your chance to get in before this stablecoin shockwave hits.

    The post The $4 Trillion Stablecoin Boom That Could Redefine Global Finance appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Signs of a “Blow Off†Top for Stocks]]> /2025/10/signs-of-a-blow-off-top-for-stocks/ n/a rocket-startup-laptop-1600 top stock picks, best startups. Stocks Ready to Skyrocket ipmlc-3309454 Mon, 06 Oct 2025 22:47:58 -0400 Signs of a “Blow Off†Top for Stocks Jeff Remsburg Mon, 06 Oct 2025 22:47:58 -0400 Paul Tudor Jones says fireworks are coming… craziness in the venture capital market… why we’re “dancing close to the exit – but still dancing”… Luke Lango’s live event earlier today… charts you need to see

    Legendary trader Paul Tudor Jones expects massive fireworks in the market.

    From Jones, speaking on CNBC’s Squawk Box this morning:

    My guess is that I think all the ingredients are in place for some kind of a blow off.

    History rhymes a lot, so I would think some version of it is going to happen again. If anything, now is so much more potentially explosive than 1999.

    Jones said that investors must remain nimble in this final stretch – “You have to get on and off the train pretty quick” – but echoed what we’ve written here in the Digest as to why you want to be the market (and be ready to exit):

    If you just think about bull markets, the greatest price appreciations always [occurs] the 12 months preceding the top.

    It kind of doubles whatever the annual averages, and before then, if you don’t play it, you’re missing out on the juice.

    If you do play it, you have to have really happy feet, because there will be a really, really bad end to it.

    So, how do we avoid that “really bad end”?

    In last Monday’s Digest, we introduced our “Crazy Map” – a series of late-stage bull market milestones that line the path to the eventual peak/bust

    Our goal is to track this late-stage craziness to help identify when to take profits off the table and step aside.

    One of those milestones was “speculation over substance”:

    Stock prices come to be driven less by profits and more by narratives – think the Dot-Com’s “clicks not bricks”, promises of crypto cutting out middlemen and upending all sorts of sectors, or “the next Amazon” …

    [Today] AI start-ups with little revenue are getting triple-digit price-to-sales multiples, and some IPOs are doubling on day one (Figma and Circle Internet Financial).

    Investors are looking for the “next big thing” narratives, even though cash flows/profits might be years away.

    Well, we have new data to factor in…

    Amazon founder Jeff Bezos raised this issue on Friday, speaking at Italian Tech Week in Turin, Italy.

    From CNBC:

    During bubbles, every experiment or idea gets funded, [Bezos] told the audience.

    “The good ideas and the bad ideas. And investors have a hard time in the middle of this excitement, distinguishing between the good ideas and the bad ideas. And that’s also probably happening today,” Bezos said…

    Bezos gave the example of a six-person company receiving billions of dollars of funding. This is “very unusual behavior,” and yet this kind of activity is happening today.

    I’ve seen versions of this on a personal level in recent months. I occasionally invest in small venture capital startups through AngelList. Over the last year, the number of companies raising money with “AI” in their name has exploded.

    Some are going out at early-stage rounds with valuations of $30M, $40M, even $50M+, yet have generated zero (or very little) in revenue.

    Carta.com reports that seed valuations for AI startups were 42% higher than those of non-AI companies last year.

    And here’s Reuters from last Friday:

    Artificial intelligence startups are attracting record sums of venture capital, but some of the world’s largest investors warned that early-stage valuations are starting to look frothy…

    “Any company startup with an AI label will be valued right up there at huge multiples of whatever the small revenue (is),” [Bryan Yeo, group chief investment officer at Singapore sovereign wealth fund GIC] said.

    “That might be fair for some companies and probably not for others” …

    “ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ expectations could be way ahead of what the technology could deliver.”

    And it’s not just private companies hopping on the AI bandwagon.

    We’re even seeing some existing, publicly traded companies rebranding to leverage “AI” in their names:

    • Sarcos Technology and Robotics >>> Palladyne AI
    • The NFT Gaming Company, Inc. >>> Gaxos.AI
    • Bionoid Pharma, Inc. >>> AI Maverick Intel, Inc.
    • 1606 Corp >>> CBDW AI
    So, where does this leave us?

    Last Monday, we gave this “speculation over substance” category a score of “Yellow tilting Red,” on our Crazy Map, writing that “fundamentals are less important in the hottest corners of AI.”

    Let’s go ahead and push that to full “Red” status.

    This means two of our five categories are now officially in the “danger zone” (the other is “easy money and leverage”).

    To be clear, we’re still riding this bull. Bullish momentum/trend can push stocks to stratospheric prices in the short term, vastly beyond what fundamentals warrant. And we’re not going to say “no” to those gains.

    But we’re cautious, remaining nimble, and watching closely for too many scores switching to “Red.”

    As the old saying goes, “As long as the music is going, keep dancing – but dance close to the door.”

    Another “getting toppy” factoid to keep you dancing close to the exit

    On Friday, ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½Watch featured an article highlighting why Bank of America’s chief strategist, Michael Hartnett, says this bull has more room to run.

    Harnett explains that “every bubble in history [has been] popped by central-bank tightening,” and then he adds, “no central bank in the world has hiked rates in the last two months.”

    While that’s interesting, our defensive mindset has us keying in on another detail in Hartnett’s research.

    From ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½Watch:

    Ominously, though, Hartnett noticed that, for the past five months, the low on the S&P 500 was recorded on the first day of trading.

    This hasn’t happened since 1928, and most investors will be familiar with what happened a year later.

    This reference to a “bust” somewhere on the road ahead recalls the recent timeframe from our technology/AI expert Luke Lango:

    Some underlying warning signs—like inflation not yet at 2%, unemployment grinding higher, weak consumer health, and depressed sentiment—are caution lights flashing in the distance.

    None of these derails the rally now. But it does remind us that this is a 12-month trade, not a forever trend.

    Eventually, tariffs, reinflation, and political instability will weigh enough to flip the narrative from AI Boom to AI Bust.

    But we’re not there yet…

    Earlier this afternoon, Luke profiled one of the biggest investment opportunities on his radar today – “Project Yorktown”

    This is his name for an urgent financial reset deemed so important that it won bipartisan support, setting aside Washington’s political gridlock.

    According to Luke, this initiative traces back to a four-page document signed in the final weeks of Trump’s first term. The goal is to secure America’s financial independence from foreign creditors.

    With U.S. debt topping $34 trillion, and rivals like China and Japan holding massive Treasury stakes, leaders on both sides of the aisle agreed the risk of foreign “financial blackmail” had become a national security threat.

    “Project Yorktown,” set to take effect in two weeks on October 21 officially, outlines a new financial framework that could redirect as much as $4 trillion into a neglected corner of the market.

    This afternoon, Luke explained why this shift could open a rare window for enormous wealth creation for prepared investors:

    Some estimates suggest 10x gains in the next 12 months, 30x in the next three years, and even 100x by 2030 for those who understand where the money is going.

    In today’s briefing, Luke also unveiled seven specific opportunities tied to this transition – including one free pick he says could double over the next 12 months.

    If you missed it, the full replay is still available for a limited time, which you can catch right here.

    Finally, let’s end today by returning to “crazy”

    We’ll do so with the help of a few visuals that illustrate how wildly inflated today’s market is. They come from Charlie Bilello of Creative Planning.

    To begin, the graphic below shows in shaded blue how many all-time highs the S&P posts in a year.

    Note that the last time we had a stretch of blue this long (minus 2023) ended in 2000.

    the graphic below shows in shaded blue how many all-time highs the S&P posts in a year. Note that the last time we had a stretch of blue this long (minus 2023) ended in 2000.

    Next, as you can see below, the S&P’s current price-to-sales ratio clocks in at 3.3. That’s the highest reading since 2000, and miles above the historic median of 1.60.

    as you can see below, the S&P’s current price-to-sales ratio clocks in at 3.3. That’s the highest reading since 2000, and miles above the historic median of 1.60.

    Finally, the “Buffett Indicator” – the ratio of the U.S. stock market’s value to U.S. GDP – has jumped to a new record high at 217%. That’s more than two standard deviations above the long-term trendline.

    the “Buffett Indicator” – the ratio of the U.S. stock market’s value to U.S. GDP – has jumped to a new record high at 217%. That’s more than two standard deviations above the long-term trendline.

    One more chart to use as a backdrop for these investment excesses…

    Since we’ve regularly highlighted the bifurcation in the economy and stock market, let’s end with a sign of the times.

    As you can see from the predictive markets website, Kalshi, using data since 2004, searches for “second job” just hit an all-time high. They’re north of the peaks from the 2008 Financial Crisis and even COVID.

    from the predictive markets website, Kalshi, using data since 2004, searches for "second job" just hit an all-time high. They’re north of the peaks from the 2008 Financial Crisis and even COVID.Source: Kalshi

    Let’s close today by revisiting the old market saying we highlighted earlier:

    As long as the music is going, keep dancing – but dance close to the door.

    Have a good evening,

    Jeff Remsburg

    The post Signs of a “Blow Off” Top for Stocks appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Shutdown, Jobs Shock & the AI Stock Rally]]> /market360/2025/10/shutdown-jobs-shock-and-the-ai-stock-rally/ Take a look at the latest Navellier ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Buzz! n/a nmbuzz1006 ipmlc-3309403 Mon, 06 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Shutdown, Jobs Shock & the AI Stock Rally Louis Navellier Mon, 06 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Last week, our government shut down for the first time since December 2018. It lasted 35 days, the longest in U.S. history. But I don’t expect this shutdown to last that long.

    Although we’re several days into the shutdown, the market doesn’t seem worried. In fact, all the major indices have been up since last Wednesday, when the shutdown was announced.

    Now, what’s encouraging is that this broader strength is in line with what Bespoke Investment Group found regarding the market’s response to the six previous government shutdowns.

    A week after a shutdown, the S&P 500’s median gain was 0.6%. A month later, it was up 2%, in three months, 6.6%, six months, 12.1% and 19.7% a year later.

    The bottom line is that the stock market doesn’t get screwed up during shutdowns. So, in today’s Navellier ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Buzz, I’ll further explain what the shutdown means for investors. We’ll also talk about how the latest private payroll reports impacted the markets and my favorite AI stocks right now, specifically defense and data centers stocks.

    Click the image below to watch now.

    To see more of my videos, subscribe to my YouTube channel here.

    Plus, the latest grades in Stock Grader (subscription required) are live! To see how your stocks are doing now, log in to Stock Grader here and plug them in.

    Another Way to Profit During the Shutdown

    As I mentioned, I’m not expecting this shutdown to last as long as it did in 2018. And while Congress can’t seem to come to an agreement now, there is one thing for which both parties are willing to put their differences aside.

    It’s called “Project Yorktown”.

    The name is inspired by the Battle of Yorktown in 1781, which ended the Revolutionary War and secured America’s independence from Britain.

    President Trump is looking to do the same thing: secure economic independence from foreign rivals.

    This project is set to activate on October 21. On that day, $4 trillion of capital will be injected into a special sector of the market. And if investors position themselves early, they could see 10X returns in 12 months, 30X in three years and potentially 100X by 2030.

    To explain why and how Project Yorktown is going to happen, my friend and InvestorPlace colleague Luke Lango sat down for an exclusive presentation earlier this afternoon. Plus, Luke gave away a free stock pick poised to double in the next 12 months.

    Go here to check out the replay.

    Sincerely,

    An image of a cursive signature in black text.

    Louis Navellier

    Editor, ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ 360

    The post Shutdown, Jobs Shock & the AI Stock Rally appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The One Thing Republicans and Democrats Can Agree On]]> /smartmoney/2025/10/one-thing-republicans-democrats-agree/ For the first time in years, Washington is uniting behind one plan — and it could trigger a $4 trillion reset n/a stock market politics1600 USA flag next to a portrait of Franklin. Concept - Economy concatenate States. Financial market of America. Concept - federal reserve system. US Federal Reserve. Charts symbolize market changes. Biden stock market ipmlc-3309295 Mon, 06 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0400 The One Thing Republicans and Democrats Can Agree On Eric Fry Mon, 06 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: Rarely do Republicans and Democrats put aside their differences. But when 102 House Democrats crossed the aisle this year to back President Trump’s “Project Yorktown,” it marked the beginning of something historic. On October 21, that plan goes live — and the financial reset it triggers could unleash $4 trillion into a single corner of the market.

    My colleague Luke Lango, tech stock specialist here at InvestorPlace, has the details in the essay below. And in just a few hours, he’s hosting a special free broadcast — President Trump’s Project Yorktown Summit — where he’ll reveal the sector set to benefit first and give away a free stock pick poised to double in 12 months. You can reserve your seat for that event here — it’s only a few hours away.

    Take it away, Luke.

    Our representatives in Washington can’t agree on the color of the sky.

    Red states and blue states seem to live in entirely different universes. Republicans and Democrats argue over everything from healthcare to the weather.

    But recently, the divide feels wider than ever.

    So, when 102 House Democrats broke ranks earlier this year and publicly supported President Donald Trump’s “Project Yorktown” (more about that in a minute), it sent shockwaves through the Capitol.

    Think about that for a moment.

    In an age when politicians would rather fall on their sword than give credit to the other side, more than 100 Democrats decided this plan was too big, too important, and too urgent to oppose.

    Because Project Yorktown isn’t just politics. It isn’t about left versus right. It’s about America’s future.

    And it’s about to go live on October 21.

    That’s less than a month away.

    So, in today’s essay…

    • I’m going to explain why more than 100 Democrats broke ranks to back Trump’s plan…
    • Show you how this little-known plan could end America’s debt crisis…
    • And reveal why early investors could capture generational wealth as this reset takes effect.

    Let’s take a look…

    A Rare Glimpse of Unity

    Bipartisan support is rare. But it does happen in moments of national crisis when both sides recognize the stakes are higher than party loyalty.

    Recall…

    • World War II Mobilization: In the face of fascism, Democrats and Republicans set aside differences to mobilize the nation – drafting soldiers, ramping up industry, and uniting behind a common mission to defeat Nazi Germany and its allies.
    • The Space Race: Cold War rivalry pushed both parties to invest heavily in science, technology, and education, culminating in the Apollo moon landing; a shared triumph that transcended politics.
    • The Cold War Consensus: From Truman to Reagan, leaders across the political spectrum agreed on the need for strong defense, strategic alliances, and containment policies to counter Soviet influence and protect global democracy.

    Now we can add Project Yorktown to the list.

    Because the truth is that America faces a different kind of enemy today. Not a military one — but a financial one.

    Foreign rivals have spent years amassing dangerous leverage over the United States by buying trillions of dollars of our debt. Nations like China and Japan have accumulated trillions in U.S. Treasury securities.

    While this has kept interest rates lower and fueled American spending power, it also creates a strategic vulnerability: If these governments were to suddenly reduce their holdings or shift their investments, they could rattle financial markets, drive up borrowing costs, and weaken America’s economic stability.

    In times of geopolitical tension, that financial leverage becomes a quiet but powerful weapon. President Trump calls it “financial blackmail.”

    And lawmakers on both sides of the aisle know it has to stop.

    That’s why, in a major show of bipartisan support, 102 House Democrats voted in favor of Trump’s Project Yorktown blueprint. They saw what was in those pages. They understood the consequences of inaction.

    What convinced so many Democrats to back Trump’s plan?

    Three simple realities:

  • The debt crisis is unsustainable. America’s national debt is now over $34 trillion and climbing. Interest payments alone are ballooning. If nothing changes, the government could soon be spending more on debt interest than on defense, healthcare, or Social Security.
  • Foreign leverage is dangerous. China, Japan, and other rivals hold vast amounts of U.S. Treasuries. At any moment, they could threaten to sell — destabilizing our economy and crippling our ability to respond. Both parties understand this is a national security risk.
  • Project Yorktown offers a way out. As outlined in a four-page document signed back in 2020, the project that finally takes effect on October 21 outlines a radical financial framework that ends foreign “financial blackmail,” injects trillions into our system, and restores true economic independence.
  • Faced with that choice — gridlock or independence — more than 100 Democrats sided with America.

    The headlines barely covered it. The mainstream press barely noticed.

    But make no mistake: What happened was historic.

    Imagine being in the House chamber that day.

    Lifelong partisan rivals setting down their swords. Lawmakers who have spent years attacking President Trump deciding, for once, that the plan on the table was too powerful to deny.

    And remember — we’re not talking about a symbolic gesture. These weren’t a handful of centrist outliers. This was a triple-digit bloc of Democrats standing behind a Republican president’s financial blueprint.

    That kind of unity doesn’t happen unless something seismic is at stake.

    And according to insiders, it is.

    Because once Project Yorktown goes live on October 21, the United States could enter a new era:

    • Debt-free prosperity.
    • Dollar dominance secured for a century.
    • $4 trillion flowing into a critical sector of the market.

    And Americans who see it coming early have the opportunity to build generational wealth.

    Here’s why this bipartisan moment matters for you…

    The Impact on Everyday Investors

    When Washington unites, the results are massive.

    The G.I. Bill created the largest middle-class population in history. The Interstate Highway System transformed American commerce. The Space Race unleashed decades of technological innovation.

    Project Yorktown could be bigger than all of those combined.

    Because this time, it’s not about building roads or rockets. It’s about rebuilding the financial foundation of America itself.

    When the $4 trillion injection begins to flow, it won’t just secure the government’s books. It will move through the financial system, touching markets, businesses, and — yes — everyday investors.

    The lawmakers who crossed the aisle know this. They didn’t sign on for the politics. They signed on for the prosperity.

    But here’s the catch.

    Like every great transformation in history, the biggest gains will go to those who are positioned before the floodgates open.

    • The oil barons of Texas struck it rich because they owned the land before the boom.
    • Early tech investors in the 1990s turned tiny stakes into fortunes because they saw the Internet Revolution coming before it hit Wall Street.
    • And now, Americans who prepare before October 21 could see a once-in-a-lifetime wealth window open in front of them.

    How much wealth? Some estimates suggest 10x in the next 12 months, 30x in the next three years, and even 100x by 2030 for those who understand where the money is going.

    That’s why this bipartisan vote matters. It’s proof that even Washington — divided as it is — sees the writing on the wall.

    And it’s why you can’t afford to wait until the headlines catch up.

    Unity Is the Signal

    In today’s world, it’s easy to be cynical. Easy to believe nothing in Washington gets done.

    But sometimes, unity itself is the signal.

    When more than 100 House Democrats link arms with a Republican president… when bitter rivals stand on the same side… you know something extraordinary is about to happen.

    Just as the Battle of Yorktown, in 1781, secured America’s freedom from Britain, Project Yorktown, on October 21, could secure America’s financial independence for the next century.

    But for everyday Americans, the moment to act isn’t October 21.

    It’s today, October 6.

    In just a few short hours, I’m hosting a groundbreaking broadcast called President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit. At that event, I’ll reveal the sector of the market set to receive the first wave of this $4 trillion reset — and give away a free stock pick poised to double within 12 months. (You can reserve your spot for that event here.)

    Because when 102 House Democrats put politics aside… it’s time for you to pay attention.

    You only have a few hours left. Sign up for our Project Yorktown Summit now.

    Sincerely,

    Luke Lango

    Editor, Hypergrowth Investing

    The post The One Thing Republicans and Democrats Can Agree On appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[AstraZeneca Upgraded, Home Depot Downgraded: Updated Rankings on Top Blue-Chip Stocks]]> /market360/2025/10/20251006-blue-chip-upgrades-downgrades/ Are your holdings on the move? See my updated ratings for 149 stocks. n/a upgrade_1600 upgraded stocks ipmlc-3309301 Mon, 06 Oct 2025 09:56:47 -0400 AstraZeneca Upgraded, Home Depot Downgraded: Updated Rankings on Top Blue-Chip Stocks Louis Navellier Mon, 06 Oct 2025 09:56:47 -0400 During these busy times, it pays to stay on top of the latest profit opportunities. And today’s blog post should be a great place to start. After taking a close look at the latest data on institutional buying pressure and each company’s fundamental health, I decided to revise my Stock Grader recommendations for 149 big blue chips. Chances are that you have at least one of these stocks in your portfolio, so you may want to give this list a skim and act accordingly.

    This Week’s Ratings Changes:

    Upgraded: Strong to Very Strong

    SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade BNSBank of Nova ScotiaACA CASYCasey's General Stores, Inc.ACA ERJEmbraer S.A. Sponsored ADRACA FERFerrovial SEACA GMABGenmab A/S Sponsored ADRABA LRCXLam Research CorporationABA RYAAYRyanair Holdings PLC Sponsored ADRABA STXSeagate Technology Holdings PLCACA TIMBTIM S.A. Sponsored ADRACA WDCWestern Digital CorporationACA

    Downgraded: Very Strong to Strong

    SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade BBDBanco Bradesco SA Sponsored ADR PfdBBB BKBank of New York Mellon CorpACB DGXQuest Diagnostics IncorporatedACB FTITechnipFMC plcBBB FUTUFutu Holdings Ltd. Sponsored ADR Class ABBB GEGE AerospaceBBB GLGlobe Life Inc.ACB HWMHowmet Aerospace Inc.ABB KEPKorea Electric Power Corporation Sponsored ADRABB NTESNetease Inc Sponsored ADRACB PUKPrudential plc Sponsored ADRACB RDDTReddit, Inc. Class AABB

    Upgraded: Neutral to Strong

    SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade ABBVAbbVie, Inc.BDB APTVAptiv PLCBCB ASMLASML Holding NV Sponsored ADRBBB AZNAstraZeneca PLC Sponsored ADRBBB CNMCore & Main, Inc. Class ABBB ERICTelefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson Sponsored ADR Class BBBB ESEversource EnergyBCB GDGeneral Dynamics CorporationBCB GSKGSK plc Sponsored ADRBBB HDBHDFC Bank Limited Sponsored ADRBCB HUMHumana Inc.BCB IVZInvesco Ltd.BCB KKellanovaBDB LOGILogitech International S.A.BBB MDTMedtronic PlcBCB MGAMagna International Inc.BBB MLMMartin Marietta Materials, Inc.BCB NLYAnnaly Capital Management, Inc.BCB NUNu Holdings Ltd. Class ACBB RMDResMed Inc.BBB SAPSAP SE Sponsored ADRBBB SCIService Corporation InternationalBCB SHGShinhan Financial Group Co., Ltd. Sponsored ADRBCB TEVATeva Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Sponsored ADRBCB VMCVulcan Materials CompanyBCB

    Downgraded: Strong to Neutral

    SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade ABEVAmbev SA Sponsored ADRCCC ARAntero Resources CorporationCCC BACBank of America CorpCCC BKNGBooking Holdings Inc.BCC BPBP PLC Sponsored ADRCCC CEGConstellation Energy CorporationCCC CFCF Industries Holdings, Inc.CCC CGCarlyle Group IncCBC COFCapital One Financial CorpBCC CTVACorteva IncCBC DOCUDocuSign, Inc.CCC HIGHartford Insurance Group, Inc.CBC INTUIntuit Inc.CCC METAMeta Platforms Inc Class ACBC MPLXMPLX LPBCC NTNXNutanix, Inc. Class ACCC NTRANatera, Inc.BCC RJFRaymond James Financial, Inc.BCC RSGRepublic Services, Inc.BCC SEICSEI Investments CompanyCBC SHELShell Plc Sponsored ADRBCC SYFSynchrony FinancialCBC TCOMTrip.com Group Ltd. Sponsored ADRCBC TMUST-Mobile US, Inc.CCC TOSTToast, Inc. Class ACBC VLOValero Energy CorporationCCC VSTVistra Corp.BCC WESWestern Midstream Partners, LPCCC WYNNWynn Resorts, LimitedCDC ZMZoom Communications, Inc. Class ACBC

    Upgraded: Weak to Neutral

    SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade AAgilent Technologies, Inc.DCC AMATApplied Materials, Inc.CCC AMGNAmgen Inc.DBC BLDTopBuild Corp.CCC BNTXBioNTech SE Sponsored ADRDBC CCICrown Castle Inc.DBC DHID.R. Horton, Inc.CCC EXPDExpeditors International of Washington, Inc.DCC IPInternational Paper CompanyCDC KOCoca-Cola CompanyDBC PFEPfizer Inc.CBC PHMPulteGroup, Inc.CCC QSRRestaurant Brands International, Inc.CCC STMSTMicroelectronics NV Sponsored ADR RegSCDC SYKStryker CorporationCCC TLKPT Telkom Indonesia (Persero) Tbk Sponsored ADR Class BCCC UHSUniversal Health Services, Inc. Class BDBC UNPUnion Pacific CorporationDCC VRTXVertex Pharmaceuticals IncorporatedDBC WCNWaste Connections, Inc.CCC ZBHZimmer Biomet Holdings, Inc.CCC

    Downgraded: Neutral to Weak

    SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade ADPAutomatic Data Processing, Inc.DCD AMEAMETEK, Inc.DCD AMPAmeriprise Financial, Inc.DCD ARCCAres Capital CorporationDCD BEKEKE Holdings, Inc. Sponsored ADR Class ADCD BUDAnheuser-Busch InBev SA/NV Sponsored ADRDCD CTASCintas CorporationDCD DPZDomino's Pizza, Inc.DDD DVNDevon Energy CorporationDCD FMXFomento Economico Mexicano SAB de CV Sponsored ADR Class BCDD HDHome Depot, Inc.DCD HSTHost Hotels & Resorts, Inc.DBD LILi Auto, Inc. Sponsored ADR Class ADCD NOWServiceNow, Inc.DBD OVVOvintiv IncDCD PCARPACCAR IncDDD PEGPublic Service Enterprise Group IncDCD PGRProgressive CorporationDBD RNRRenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd.DBD SNSharkNinja, Inc.DBD TDGTransDigm Group IncorporatedDDD TEAMAtlassian Corp Class ADCD TPLTexas Pacific Land CorporationDCD TSCOTractor Supply CompanyDCD TTETotalEnergies SE Sponsored ADRDDD WDAYWorkday, Inc. Class ADBD WDSWoodside Energy Group Ltd Sponsored ADRDCD XOMExxon Mobil CorporationDCD

    Upgraded: Very Weak to Weak

    SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade AOSA. O. Smith CorporationFCD BAXBaxter International Inc.FCD BLDRBuilders FirstSource, Inc.FDD CNCCentene CorporationDDD CNICanadian National Railway CompanyFCD DHRDanaher CorporationFCD ELVElevance Health, Inc.FCD FTVFortive Corp.FCD JBHTJ.B. Hunt Transport Services, Inc.FCD LENLennar Corporation Class AFDD MKCMcCormick & Company, IncorporatedFCD MRKMerck & Co., Inc.DCD MRNAModerna, Inc.FDD ODFLOld Dominion Freight Line, Inc.FCD PKXPOSCO Holdings Inc. Sponsored ADRDDD RVTYRevvity, Inc.FCD STLAStellantis N.V.DCD TMOThermo Fisher Scientific Inc.DCD

    Downgraded: Weak to Very Weak

    SymbolCompany NameQuantitative GradeFundamental GradeTotal Grade CARRCarrier Global Corp.FDF DOVDover CorporationFCF HPQHP Inc.FCF IRIngersoll Rand Inc.FDF ZTOZTO Express (Cayman), Inc. Sponsored ADR Class AFCF

    To stay on top of my latest stock ratings, plug your holdings into Stock Grader, my proprietary stock screening tool. But, you must be a subscriber to one of my premium services.

    To learn more about my premium service, Growth Investor, and get my latest picks, go here. Or, if you are a member of one of my premium services, you can go here to get started.

    Sincerely,

    An image of a cursive signature in black text.

    Louis Navellier

    Editor, ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ 360

    The post AstraZeneca Upgraded, Home Depot Downgraded: Updated Rankings on Top Blue-Chip Stocks appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[A $4 Trillion ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Opportunity Is About to Explode]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/a-4-trillion-market-opportunity-is-about-to-explode/ The largest wealth event in decades is just weeks away n/a market-share-pie-hand-1600 Graphic of business person's hand reaching through a hole in a wall taking a slice out of a 3D pie chart with a pie knife; market opportunity ipmlc-3309157 Mon, 06 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 A $4 Trillion ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Opportunity Is About to Explode Luke Lango Mon, 06 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 Every major wealth boom in American history starts with a flood of money into a single sector.

    When oil gushed from Texas in the early 1900s, it minted America’s first generation of energy tycoons – names like John D. Rockefeller and M.L. Hunt – who struck it rich with black gold. 

    When wartime spending ramped up in the 1940s, it forged the industrial powerhouses of mid-century America, from Boeing (BA) to General Motors (GM), which supplied planes, tanks, and cars for a booming world economy. 

    And when venture capital poured into Silicon Valley in the 1990s, it sparked the dot-com boom that created a new class of millionaires, like Jeff Bezos, Larry Page, and the early backers of companies like eBay and Yahoo.

    Soon, on October 21, 2025,  history is set to repeat.

    That’s when President Trump’s Project Yorktown will go into effect, triggering a financial reset unlike anything we’ve seen in decades.

    According to insiders, it could unleash as much as $4 trillion into one overlooked corner of the market…

    A corner that could transform ordinary Americans into millionaires – if they’re positioned before the floodgates open.

    In today’s issue, we’ll outline just what investors stand to gain from this new policy… and how to make sure they’re prepared for it before it goes live.

    October 21 Could Trigger a $4 Trillion ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Surge

    For years, President Trump has hinted that he wouldn’t allow America’s debt crisis and reliance on foreign creditors to continue much longer.

    In fact, back in 2020, he and his top officials drafted a secret four-page document: a radical blueprint for a new financial system that could solve this issue.

    The plan was shelved when the administration changed hands. But now that he’s back in office, Trump is hitting the gas, accelerating with bipartisan support, backing from Wall Street, and the green light from corporate America.

    Now there are just a few weeks left until this blueprint becomes reality. When it does, the U.S. won’t just end its dependency on foreign creditors or guarantee the dollar’s dominance for the next century.

    It will also trigger a massive flood of capital – the kind that often leads to life-changing profits. 

    How Massive Capital Inflows Create Generational Wealth

    Here’s what history teaches us:

    When huge amounts of money flood into small markets, the impact is explosive.

    • In the 1990s, venture capital flooded into internet startups. Shares of then-tiny companies like Amazon (AMZN) and eBay (EBAY) soared. Between May 1997 and December 1999, AMZN rocketed more than 6,000%. And between EBAY’s IPO in late September 1998 and its early December ‘99 peak, the stock popped more than 1,000%.
    • In the 2000s, cheap credit flooded into housing. And from 2000 to 2006, U.S. home prices climbed by 75%, and in some overheated metro areas, prices nearly doubled (or more) over just a few years. Early investors – such as Lehman Brothers, which ramped up its mortgage business and acquired subprime lenders in the mid-2000s, producing blowout revenue growth between 2005 and ‘06 – made fortunes before the bubble burst.
    • More recently, waves of capital poured into AI stocks and transformed once-obscure firms into global icons. Nvidia (NVDA), for instance, vaulted past a $1 trillion valuation in 2023 on the back of surging demand for AI chips. Several AI startups – like xAI – have secured billion-dollar valuations in just a few funding rounds.

    Each time, those who got in early walked away with generational wealth.

    Yet, Project Yorktown could offer a greater opportunity than any of those eras…

    Because $4 trillion is more than a wave. It’s a tidal surge.

    To put it in perspective:

    • $4 trillion is more than the GDP of Germany.
    • It’s bigger than the entire U.S. housing market was at the height of the 2008 bubble.
    • And it’s more than 10X the size of the sector it’s about to flow into.

    That means this cash injection could multiply that sector overnight… doubling, tripling, even quadrupling values as money rushes in.

    This is the kind of asymmetrical wealth opportunity that only comes around once in a generation – but only if you’re positioned early.

    Once the $4 trillion begins pouring in, prices will start to move fast.

    Why This $4 Trillion Wealth Event Is Unlike Anything Before

    You may be thinking: Haven’t we heard promises like this before?

    That’s a fair question.

    Here’s what makes this different: Project Yorktown already has strong bipartisan backing. Over 100 House Democrats joined Republicans to pass it – a rare alignment in the current political climate.

    Not to mention, it has Wall Street’s buy-in, as major banks and institutions are preparing to deploy capital the moment the framework is live.And it has corporate America’s support because this reset doesn’t just strengthen the U.S. dollar. It also makes businesses more efficient and more profitable.

    In other words, the groundwork has already been laid. Now the greenlight is fast approaching.

    That’s why we’re holding a special broadcast on Monday, October 6 at 1 p.m. EST; to give you the chance to see behind the curtain before the capital flood begins.

    During this event, you’ll hear from one of America’s top analysts a man who’s already called dozens of 10x winners in the markets as he reveals:

    • The true story of the secret four-page document…
    • Why Washington’s most bitter rivals united to support it…
    • And the details of one of the seven investment vehicles – completely free.

    You’ll walk away knowing how to position yourself while there’s still time.

    The clock is ticking.

    The decision is yours.

    If October 21 is the day $4 trillion floods into the markets… October 6 is the day you’ll learn just how to ride that wave.

    Reserve your seat to the Project Yorktown Summit now.

    The post A $4 Trillion ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Opportunity Is About to Explode appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[This 4-Page Document Could Save the Dollar]]> /smartmoney/2025/10/this-4-page-document-could-save-the-dollar/ A radical new framework could secure U.S. financial independence — and unleash trillion-dollar opportunities n/a under10dollars1600 Money, US dollar bills background. Money scattered on the desk. Stocks under $10 ipmlc-3309043 Sun, 05 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 This 4-Page Document Could Save the Dollar Eric Fry Sun, 05 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: Every generation or so, a single policy decision comes along that changes the course of America’s financial future.

    Today, my fellow InvestorPlace Senior Analyst Luke Lango is pulling back the curtain on one such plan — a secret four-page document from Washington that’s about to be activated later this month. Luke believes it could unleash a $4 trillion reset unlike anything we’ve seen in 50 years, with extraordinary implications for everyday investors.

    That’s why, on Monday, October 6, Luke is hosting a free broadcast, where he’ll reveal which corner of the market stands to benefit first — and give away a free stock pick poised to double in the next 12 months. You can reserve your spot here.

    Now, take it away, Luke…

    Just about every great turning point in American history begins with paper.

    The Declaration of Independence. Just 1,458 words that lit the spark of liberty.

    The Emancipation Proclamation. Barely two pages long — yet it redefined freedom forever.

    The G.I. Bill. A few hundred lines of legislation that built America’s middle class after World War II.

    And now… a four-page classified document… signed in the final weeks of President Donald Trump’s first term is about to join that list.

    Almost nobody knows it exists – let alone what’s inside. But when this little-known blueprint is finally activated on October 21, what I call “Project Yorktown” could unleash the most radical financial reset of the last 50 years.

    I don’t use those words lightly.

    This plan has the potential to:

    Inject $4 trillion of capital into a single corner of the markets…

    Erase America’s debt crisis in one bold move

    And guarantee the U.S. dollar’s dominance for the next 100 years.

    Here’s the best part. Ordinary Americans — people who know where to look and position themselves beforehand — could stand to benefit in a transformative way.

    That’s why on Monday, October 6, at 1 p.m. Eastern, I’m hosting a groundbreaking broadcast called President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit. At that free event, I’ll reveal the sector of the market set to receive the first wave of this $4 trillion reset — and give away a free stock pick poised to double within 12 months. (You can reserve your spot for that event early here.)

    But before that broadcast, I want to get you ready.

    So, in this essay, I want to explain the origins of this secret four-page plan…

    Show why its October 21 activation could mark the biggest financial reset in 50 years…

    And outline what history teaches us about how past resets have created life-changing opportunities for early movers.

    Because history is about to turn the page (OR JUST “TAKE A LOOK”)…

    A Document Buried by Politics

    The story begins in late 2020.

    Behind closed doors in Washington, three of the most powerful financial figures in America gathered with President Trump.

    The Treasury Secretary.

    The Chairman of the SEC.

    The head of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

    Together, they quietly signed off on a four-page financial plan unlike anything America had ever attempted before.

    The goal? To permanently free America from the grip of foreign creditors, restore true sovereignty to our financial system, and launch a new era of prosperity for everyday citizens.

    But there was a problem.

    Just weeks later, the White House changed hands. The new administration had no interest in implementing Trump’s blueprint. The four pages were shelved, collecting dust as America sank deeper into debt and division.

    That could have been the end of the story.

    But that wasn’t the end.

    The American people returned Donald Trump to the White House. And in the early days of his second term, he has quietly revived this forgotten plan.

    He has rallied bipartisan support — even from 102 House Democrats who put politics aside to back his vision. And he is preparing to do what no president in history has dared: launch a financial revolution strong enough to break America’s chains of debt.

    Now, after years of waiting, the activation date has finally arrived: October 21, 2025.

    On that date, Trump’s four-page document stops being just ink on paper.

    It becomes reality.

    I believe it could be a financial reset on par with the greatest economic turning points in U.S. history:

    The early-1900s Texas oil boom, which minted millionaires almost overnight.

    The late 20th century tech revolution, which turned garage startups into global titans.

    Even the adoption of the gold standard in 1879, which triggered the most prosperous century our country has ever seen.

    Each of these moments reshaped America’s destiny. But insiders say Project Yorktown could be even bigger.

    Because unlike past revolutions, this one isn’t about a single resource or industry. It’s about reengineering the very foundation of how America funds itself, pays its bills, and defends its global leadership.

    In short: it’s about making America invincible.

    The Battle for Financial Independence

    For decades, rivals like China and Japan have held America hostage with what President Trump calls “financial blackmail.”

    They’ve bought up trillions of dollars of our government debt — giving them dangerous leverage over U.S. policy.

    If they ever decided to dump those holdings, the consequences could be catastrophic: soaring interest rates, a crashing stock market, a dollar in freefall.

    It’s why Congress has backed off from tough trade legislation. It’s why tariffs were delayed. It’s why America’s leaders have often been forced to “think twice” before upsetting our creditors.

    That’s not true sovereignty. That’s dependency.

    President Trump’s Project Yorktown is designed to end it once and for all.

    And the four-page document Trump signed back in 2020 lays out a radical new framework that removes America’s reliance on foreign creditors entirely. (The history buffs reading this are likely now realizing why I’m calling this “Project Yorktown.”)

    For the first time in modern history, we can tell China: Sell it all – it won’t matter.

    And instead of plunging into chaos, America could actually become stronger.

    What It Means for You

    Now, here’s the most important part of this story:

    Whenever Washington engineers a reset this massive, money doesn’t just “disappear.”

    It moves.

    And those who know where it’s moving — and position themselves in advance — often see fortunes made.

    Think of the families who owned oil-rich land in Texas before the rigs struck black gold.

    Or the early adopters who loaded up on stock in tiny tech firms in the 1990s before they became household names.

    That’s the kind of opportunity Project Yorktown could unleash. (And why you should reserve your spot for my free broadcast now.)

    Because as this plan goes live, $4 trillion of fresh capital is set to pour into a very specific corner of the financial markets.

    A corner most people aren’t even looking at right now.

    And while I can’t reveal the exact details here, I can tell you this: The handful of Americans who are positioned in the right investment vehicles ahead of October 21 could see returns that rival the biggest booms in history.

    10x in a year. 30x in three years. Even 100x by the end of the decade.

    That’s what’s at stake…

    A Moment Worthy of Yorktown

    Here’s why I’m calling this Project Yorktown.

    Just as the Battle of Yorktown in 1781 ended the Revolutionary War and secured America’s political independence from Britain, President Trump’s financial plan is set to secure America’s economic independence from foreign rivals.

    October 21 will be remembered as the day the dollar reasserted its dominance… the day America declared itself untouchable on the world stage… and the day ordinary citizens had the chance to transform their financial futures.

    And it all begins with four pages of paper.

    But on October 6, at 1 p.m. Eastern, I’m hosting President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit in order to share why and how this project is being activated on October 21… and more details on the sector of the economy that stands to benefit the most.

    You’ll have the chance to see it coming before anyone else. Plus, I’ll share a free pick poised to double in the next 12 months… name, ticker, and analysis included!

    Secure your spot by going here.

    Don’t miss it.

    Sincerely,

    Luke Lango

    Editor, Hypergrowth Investing

    The post This 4-Page Document Could Save the Dollar appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[3 Stocks to Buy Ahead of America’s Incoming Financial Revolution ]]> /2025/10/3-stocks-buy-ahead-americas-financial-revolution/ Why it’s important to get in early on these deals... n/a money-and-politics ipmlc-3309187 Sun, 05 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400 3 Stocks to Buy Ahead of America’s Incoming Financial Revolution  Thomas Yeung Sun, 05 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400 Tom Yeung here with your Sunday Digest

    In 1792, 24 merchants and brokers gathered on Wall Street to sign the Buttonwood Agreement, which became the foundation for the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).  

    They got a great deal. 

    Over the following two centuries, entry into the fast-growing NYSE became harder and pricier to come by. By the 1990s, memberships (seats) were sold for over $6 million in inflation-adjusted dollars. 

    Now, the funny thing about these types of security “marketplaces” is that they are the ultimate network effect business. The more people on an exchange, the more trading that happens. That brings more action-seeking traders on board, which builds more liquidity, and so on.  

    Imagine trying to sell a rare baseball card on the secondhand market. The more people in that marketplace, the better the chance of selling the card for a great price. 

    Securities trading puts this in overdrive, since even a “small” institutional order might involve selling millions of shares to thousands of different buyers. An average retail investor might move hundreds of shares at a time. 

    That’s why exchange-type marketplaces are so incredibly valuable. Germany’s Deutsche Boerse (DBOEY), for instance, is the eleventh-largest stock on its own exchange. Hong Kong’s is its ninth, while Singapore’s is its sixth. The tiny margins these exchanges take from trades quickly add up. 

    Even better, some exchanges occasionally find a special sauce… a tradable asset that is either so new that no one else is trading it… or a proprietary one that only the exchange itself is allowed to move. 

    This might sound like a total racket. And sometimes it is. But it’s how many monopolistic exchanges turn ordinary trading activities into billion-dollar businesses. 

    Over the past year, you’ve seen me recommend several of these high-performing firms here in your Sunday Digest. On average, these picks have risen 23%, beating the S&P 500 more than twice over. Two of these are so conservative that the “Liberation Day” selloff barely registered on their stock prices. 

    In today’s Digest, I’d like to revisit my three recommendations, which highlight why it’s so important to get in early on these deals. I’ll also note why they’re still compelling trades.  

    The Futures King 

    The mid-1800s saw the completion of canal and railroad infrastructure around Chicago. For the first time, traders could move products between the Great Lakes and the Mississippi River without using horse-drawn wagons. 

    To handle this commerce, a group of merchants formed the Chicago Board of Trade. The exchange quickly became a central marketplace for grain, and a separate Chicago Mercantile Exchange was soon established to handle butter and eggs. To ensure product quality, each keg of butter was individually tasted – a job that surely had no shortage of applicants. Surplus butter was salted and stored in the basement for future sale… hence the establishment of “futures contracts.” 

    Today, these exchanges live on as the CME Group Inc. (CME), a global leader in futures trading. The Chicago-based exchange dominates certain types of futures contracts, including U.S. interest rate futures (over 95% market share), and issues 100% of all futures contracts on the S&P 500, Russell 2000, and Nasdaq indexes, where it has an exclusive license. It also remains a major player in agricultural futures… even though its butter tasters are now long gone. 

    That’s why I added this financial exchange to my list of top cyclical stocks to buy for 2025. Firms like CME thrive on volatility, and an unwarranted selloff in December 2024 created a perfect time to buy.  

    Since then, CME shares rose as much as 25% before settling at a 14% gain as of this week. 

    The recent selloff now provides a second opportunity to buy into a company that typically rises during periods of high volatility. 2007, 2019, and 2022 were banner years for CME, and shares will likely recover as traders cover their bets in the face of uncertain markets. 

    The Options Queen 

    In 1973, the Chicago Board of Trade created a separate exchange to list stock options. 

    Few people liked the idea at the time. Officials at the Securities and Exchange Commission compared options to gambling, advising, “Don’t waste another nickel on it.” Even the Chicago Board of Trade didn’t take the expansion project seriously at first; they crammed their new options exchange into a former smoking lounge next to its vast commodity trading floor. 

    But Cboe Global ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s Inc. (CBOE) surprised skeptics. Over the following years, options became a dominant force in risk management, pulling Cboe up along with it. Today, the firm maintains proprietary ownership over options on the S&P 500 and the Cboe Volatility Index (VIX). As a result, the Chicago-based spinoff has a 99% market share in index options

    That’s helped Cboe notch a 24% return since I also added it to my list of top cyclical stocks to buy for 2025. The firm has reported accelerating revenue growth (from 5% in the fourth quarter of 2024 to 14% in the most recent quarter), and rising volatility should continue pushing shares higher in the medium term.  

    In addition, zero-day-to-expiry (0DTE) options have become wildly popular among retail traders. Volumes of 0DTE options have risen fivefold over the past three years, boosting revenues at Cboe to even-higher records. 

    That’s why analysts expect Cboe to report a 13% increase in earnings per share this year, and for that figure to keep rising at 7% for the foreseeable future. Though options are now a relatively mature industry, Cboe has managed to keep an iron grip on some of the world’s most traded options. 

    The Day Trading “Prince” 

    Finally, there’s Robinhood ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s Inc. (HOOD), a firm that took quick advantage of the meme stock rally of 2020 to hook a new generation on trading. I recommended shares in June after one of our top AI systems flagged the stock right as interest in day trading was bouncing back. Robinhood has traditionally benefited from this lucrative business. 

    Since then, shares of Robinhood have risen 30%. 

    The company is now encountering a new opportunity in prediction markets – an industry that only recently became legal in America. Prediction market trading has become incredibly popular among younger traders, and Robinhood has moved aggressively to expand its market share before anyone else. Remember, exchanges have phenomenal first-mover advantages since traders gravitate towards the marketplace with the highest liquidity, creating a virtuous cycle. 

    That could create an unexpected boom for Robinhood’s business. Some analysts believe prediction market betting will grow 28% annually through 2030, and this potential $80 billion market isn’t yet reflected in Robinhood’s share price. 

    In addition, prediction markets offer opportunities for institutional investors and companies to reduce risk, which could help Robinhood expand its customer base. For example, a government contractor at risk of getting furloughed can bet on a federal government shutdown on November 21. If the government stays open, the contractor gets paid by the government. And if not, the prediction markets pay out. Either way, the contractor can make payroll that month. 

    Now, it’s important to note that Robinhood remains far riskier than CME or CBOE. The newer exchange has a history of aggressive marketing; it has paid millions in fines to FINRA and the SEC as a result. However, Robinhood now finds itself in a perfect position to dominate an entirely new market. Rival exchange Polymarket remains off-limits to American citizens. Kalshi, a separate prediction market, is still relatively unknown among traders. It won’t be a cakewalk for Robinhood, either. But the potential payoffs from success are vast. 

    The $4 Trillion Opportunity Hiding in Plain Sight 

    Most folks are aware of prediction markets. Analysts use them to establish baseline probabilities, while gamblers might even use it to pick out a fantasy sports team. It’s only a matter of time before they open an account and make trades directly. 

    Now, InvestorPlace Senior Analyst Luke Lango believes he’s found something even more compelling… a $4 trillion trading market so new that few exchanges have yet figured out how it works. 

    But Luke has.  

    He sees an incredible opportunity brewing – and it’s all thanks to President Donald Trump’s Executive Order 14178. So, tomorrow, at 1 p.m. Eastern, Luke will be hosting a groundbreaking broadcast called President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit to discuss this order and the financial revolution it’s set to unleash on global financial markets. He will also cover the exchanges trading these new assets, and how they are unlike anything the financial world has seen before.  

    You’ll also learn how positioning yourself now could lead to 10X gains in 12 months… 30X gains in three years… and even potentially 100X gains by 2030. 

    Plus, Luke will give away a free stock pick poised to double within 12 months. 

    Click here to sign up now. 

    Until next week, 

    Thomas Yeung, CFA 

    ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Analyst, InvestorPlace 

    Thomas Yeung is a market analyst and portfolio manager of the Omnia Portfolio, the highest-tier subscription at InvestorPlace. He is the former editor of Tom Yeung’s Profit & Protection, a free e-letter about investing to profit in good times and protecting gains during the bad.

    The post 3 Stocks to Buy Ahead of America’s Incoming Financial Revolution  appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The Fight for U.S. Dollar Dominance and Ending Financial Blackmail]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/the-fight-for-u-s-dollar-dominance-and-ending-financial-blackmail/ The global push to dethrone the dollar – and how the U.S. plans to fight back n/a dollar-sign-crown A golden dollar sign adorned with a golden crown against a glittering background to represent U.S. dollar dominance ipmlc-3309121 Sun, 05 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 The Fight for U.S. Dollar Dominance and Ending Financial Blackmail Luke Lango Sun, 05 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 For more than eight decades, the U.S. dollar has reigned as king of global finance.

    It’s the world’s reserve currency; the backbone of international trade, binding the global economy together.

    But today, that dominance is under attack.

    China wants its yuan to take the crown. Russia openly calls for an end to dollar supremacy. The BRICS coalition – the alliance between Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa – is actively building alternatives designed to dethrone the USD.

    The dollar’s reign is no longer guaranteed. Indeed, the U.S. dollar has crashed more than 10% from its early 2025 highs  – one of its biggest drawdowns in the last 20 years.

    And if America loses that status, the consequences would be catastrophic:

    • Import prices would skyrocket: The U.S. buys around $4 trillion worth of goods from abroad each year; and most of it is priced in dollars. If the greenback loses its global status, the cost of everything we import would surge. Oil, semiconductors, cars, clothing, and electronics would all become far more expensive, driving up prices for consumers and dissolving purchasing power across the board.
    • U.S. military power would weaken: The dollar’s dominance lets Washington finance its annual defense spending cheaply and reliably ($850 billion in 2024, according to the Congressional Budget Office). Without that advantage, borrowing costs would soar, draining federal budgets and shrinking military reach.
    • Americans’ savings would erode: Rising import costs would fuel inflation, and foreign investors dumping U.S. debt could trigger market turmoil, which would shrink retirement accounts and send interest rates sky-high.

    That’s why what’s set to happen on October 21st is so important…

    Because that’s the day Project Yorktown – President Trump’s long-hidden financial blueprint – will go into effect.

    And it has the potential to lock in U.S. dollar dominance for the next 100 years…

    How Foreign Debt Leverage Threatens U.S. Dollar Dominance

    Foreign rivals have long used America’s dependence on their capital as leverage.

    They buy trillions of dollars in U.S. Treasuries – essentially lending us money – which they could then use to hold over our heads.

    Collectively, foreign governments and investors hold about $7.9 trillion to $8.5 trillion in U.S. Treasury securities, roughly one-quarter to one-third of all publicly held U.S. debt. The biggest players are long-time allies like Japan (which owns around $1.1 trillion in securities) and the United Kingdom, but also strategic competitors such as China, whose holdings still total hundreds of billions of dollars despite recent reductions.

    Analysts warn that in an era of heightened geopolitical tensions, foreign creditors could use their holdings as bargaining chips – threatening to sell or slow purchases to pressure U.S. policy.

     This sheer scale of foreign financing underscores a critical vulnerability: one that ties America’s economic and geopolitical strength directly to the willingness of other nations to keep buying its debt.

    President Trump has called it “financial blackmail.”And he’s right.

    This is why rivals like China have been emboldened to flex their muscles and why BRICS leaders talk openly about replacing the dollar. They think they’ve got us cornered.

    But Project Yorktown changes the game for our nation…

    Inside the Four-Page Plan to Protect America’s Reserve Currency

    It all comes back to a secret four-page document quietly drafted in late 2020 by Trump and his top financial officials.

    Their mission? Design a system that would end America’s reliance on foreign creditors.

    When Joe Biden was elected and the administration changed hands, that plan was shelved – but never abandoned. Now, with Trump back in office for a second term, it’s being revived.

    And on October 21, it will finally go into effect.

    When it does, America gains something rivals can’t touch:

    • A system that guarantees continuous demand for U.S. Treasuries…
    • Keeps borrowing costs low…
    • And permanently secures the dollar’s place as the world’s reserve currency.

    That’s why even 102 House Democrats crossed the aisle to support it. They knew it was about far more than partisan politics: it’s essential for national security and America’s long-term survival.

    It may be easy to think of this as an abstract geopolitical issue; a race that everyday people don’t have a horse in.

    But make no mistake: the dollar’s dominance is the bedrock of our financial lives. It shapes how much we pay for our homes, how fast our retirement grows, and how much our weekly grocery run costs.

    Lose that foundation, and the ripple effects would reach us fast. But secure dollar dominance for another century, and stability reigns. The economy thrives. And the U.S. remains the envy of the world.

    That’s what Project Yorktown is designed to do.

    Securing America’s Financial Independence for the Next Century

    During the Revolutionary War, the Battle of Yorktown in 1781 was the decisive victory that ended British rule and secured the U.S.’ political independence.

    Project Yorktown is designed to do something similar for modern-day America – only this time, it’s about financial independence.

    By ending our reliance on foreign creditors and securing our currency’s supremacy, the U.S. will no longer be vulnerable to rivals who would want to undermine us.But here’s where things get even more interesting…

    Project Yorktown isn’t just about policy. It’s about capital flows – with trillions of dollars moving into a very specific corner of the markets.

    In fact, insiders estimate that as much as $4 trillion could flood this sector in the years ahead.

    That’s more than 10X its current size.

    And history shows that when that much money moves into a small corner of the financial system, the results can be explosive… especially for those who see it coming before the mainstream catches on.

    That’s why, on Monday, October 6, at 1 p.m. EST, we’re holding our Project Yorktown Summit to share everything we know about what’s in store.

    During this event, you’ll learn:

    • The full story behind this little-known four-page document…
    • Why even Trump’s fiercest opponents are supporting it…
    • And how ordinary Americans can prepare for the $4 trillion capital shift it’s set to unleash.

    Washington has already made its choice. Both parties are on board. Wall Street is preparing, and corporate America is lining up.

    Now it’s your turn.

    October 21 is the day America secures the dollar’s next century of dominance, October 6 is when you can learn how to turn that shift into an opportunity for your own financial future.

    Reserve your seat to the Project Yorktown Summit now.

    The post The Fight for U.S. Dollar Dominance and Ending Financial Blackmail appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Quantum Mania: The 2025 Call That Hit Big — And Why It’s Time to Pause]]> /dailylive/2025/10/quantum-mania-the-2025-call-that-hit-big-and-why-its-time-to-halt/ Trading the Quantum Age with Confidence n/a quantum-computing-landscape A digital image showing interconnected qubits in a digital landscape, representing quantum computing ipmlc-3309202 Sat, 04 Oct 2025 14:19:54 -0400 Quantum Mania: The 2025 Call That Hit Big — And Why It’s Time to Pause Jonathan Rose Sat, 04 Oct 2025 14:19:54 -0400 Tucked away inside the research campuses of IBM and Los Alamos Laboratory, two researchers just unlocked one of the biggest technological breakthroughs of the century.

    And guess what? Almost no one is paying attention to it.

    Fair enough – even I had no idea until I did a little research. But trust me when I say that everyone should be talking about this.

    It all has to do with one sector I’ve been calling out throughout 2025 – quantum computing.

    For those of you not in the know, quantum represents one of the single biggest technological breakthroughs of this century.

    Quantum computing swaps out binary code for a system that uses quantum bits (or qubits) to power the most advanced applications on the planet.

    It’s the biggest shift away from classical computing we’ll ever see in our lifetime.

    And earlier this month, two researchers published a groundbreaking paper that demonstrates exactly how powerful quantum computing will soon become.

    The Dawn of the Quantum Age

    Those two researchers — Martín Larocca (a Los Alamos National Laboratory scientist) and Vojtěch Havlíček (a researcher at IBM) — successfully used a quantum algorithm to solve a century-old mathematical problem that even the most powerful, conventional supercomputers couldn’t handle.

    The tricky part of the problem had to do with “factoring group representations.” Don’t let that phrase scare you off. It’s basically math-speak for breaking down hidden patterns — like solving a puzzle.

    Why does that matter? Because these kinds of patterns show up everywhere — in the smallest particles that make up atoms, in the way crystals are structured, and even in the way your phone sends texts and videos.

    The pair used a tool that takes a messy, complicated wave or signal and splits it into clear, simple parts. Think of it like taking a song and pulling out the drums, the guitars, and the vocals so you can hear each one separately.

    By doing this, the team demonstrated what’s called “quantum advantage.” That’s where quantum computers solve a meaningful, real-world problem that traditional computers simply don’t handle quickly.

    This has tremendous potential to impact our everyday lives. The same method could help doctors scan the human body more clearly, improve the safety of nuclear energy, make internet data more reliable, or even design new medicines and stronger building materials.

    Most of the time, quantum computing gets hyped up for things it might do someday, but this study is different. Here we see that quantum computers already doing something important today.

    In my view, that’s the moment where this tech shifts from being just a cool science experiment to becoming a tool the world can actually use.

    This discovery proves something big: in the next 20 years, quantum computers will be used to tackle some of the hardest problems in the world.

    And it won’t just be about solving complicated math puzzles. Quantum computers will help run energy systems, analyze massive amounts of data, power businesses, and a whole lot more. We’re standing at the edge of what people are already calling the “quantum age.”

    With that in mind, there’s still a lot of work that needs to be done — we’re still in the early innings of the quantum build-out.

    Right now, the technology lives mostly inside research labs and the biggest tech firms. It’s powerful, but still years away from being part of everyday life.

    But make no mistake, the opportunity is very real. This is a pivotal stage of development, much like the early days of classical computing or the internet and we’re already starting to see that potential realized in the markets.

    The Call That Lit the Fuse

    On December 27, 2024, I made a bold prediction: Quantum is going to overtake AI in the lexicon of investing this year.

    At the time, it sounded almost crazy. AI had dominated headlines for years. ChatGPT, Nvidia, every tech CEO on earth couldn’t stop talking about it. But when I looked at the charts, the research, and the way money was starting to move, I could see something changing. The tide was shifting in the direction of quantum computing.

    Even better, I gave you five specific names that were at the top of my watchlist.Here’s what happened next:

    • IBM (IBM): Called at $227 — climbed over 28%
    • IonQ (IONQ): Called at $37 — is just 5% away from a double
    • D-Wave (QBTS): Called at $6.50 — shares tripled in less than a year
    • Rigetti (RGTI): Called at $9 — is a four-bagger
    • Quantum Computing (QUBT): Called at $12 — it’s more than doubled

    While the S&P has crawled into double-digits by 14%, this little “quantum basket” has averaged a jaw-dropping 147%. If you acted on that call, you didn’t just beat the market — you smoked it.

    Now here’s where experience kicks in. When most folks see numbers like that, the natural instinct is to get greedy, to believe the ride never ends. But markets don’t work that way.

    They move in rhythms — they surge, they breathe, they surge again. And the best traders know that the moment to celebrate is also the moment to step back and protect what you’ve made.

    When we started watching these names, most were billion-dollar minnows. Now some are racing toward $10 billion valuations without turning a profit. That’s a red flag. That’s when discipline separates the pros from the Joes.

    Filtering the Quantum Noise

    These moves are undeniably incredible, but let’s confuse a price breakout with a technology breakthrough.

    The science of quantum is still years away from everyday use. What’s driving these parabolic charts right now is excitement, not revenue. And excitement alone never lasts forever.

    Wall Street is always looking ahead — the big money isn’t just focused on what’s working today — it trades on what they believe might work tomorrow. And right now, the story of quantum has captured imaginations.

    The leading experts in the science are calling this the NISQ-era of quantum  — Noisy, Intermediate-Scale Quantum.

    That means we can build small machines that run simple programs, but they’re noisy, fragile, and limited. They can’t yet deliver real-world breakthroughs. It’s exciting science, but it’s not ready for commercial production

    As a result, only the biggest players with the most resources are likely to remain the most powerful quantum developers.

    It’s a lot like dot-com stocks in 1999. Yes, Amazon changed the world. But Pets.com? Gone. If history serves us, quantum will follow a similar pattern.

    Players like IBM and Microsoft will very likely be the first to market with their own mass-market quantum solutions. But it’s an open question for everyone else.

    I can’t tell you how many emails I’ve gotten from traders saying, “Jonathan, I saw your quantum list in January but thought I’d missed the move.”

    You haven’t missed out on quantum’s biggest gains. The sector isn’t going anywhere. What matters the most right now is listening to the experts you trust, having the patience to wait for better entries and the discipline to focus on companies that are more than just hype.

    The “Qombie” Test

    Right now, every time a company puts out a press release, every time someone talks about a benchmark win, the stocks catch fire.

    But the longer we head down this road, the more we’ll see a lot of these stories just don’t hold up to scrutiny.

    Scott Aaronson is one of the leading quantum theorists in the world. He has a great term for this, he calls them quantum zombies or “qombies” for short. They look alive when you first see the headline, but they’re really just noise, cherry-picked data, or marketing spin. Put them through tougher tests and they fall apart.

    Aaronson is a longtime professor at the University of Texas at Austin and now heads up quantum research at OpenAI.

    Before you let another quantum headline move your portfolio, ask:

    • Is this company actually making their machines more dependable, or are they just bragging about how much new and extra stuff they’ve added?
    •  Do their results hold up when the “noise” is taken away, or do they fall apart under tougher testing?
    • Has another lab independently replicated the result?
    • Are they showing that their machine really beats the best regular supercomputers — or only claiming a win in some special case?
    • Are they using standardized metrics — or house-invented scores?

    If any answer is “no,” odds are good you’re looking at a qombie. And in September 2025, several of the wins we talked about don’t cut it.

    IONQ is the closest to meeting parts of the test. They’ve published roadmaps about error correction and fidelity, and they’ve put forward metrics (like “algorithmic qubits”) that try to translate science into something useful. But even they haven’t cleared the bar of fully replicated, fault-tolerant wins.

    Rigetti and D-Wave talk a big game about connectivity, scaling, and system access. But when you strip it down, most of their “breakthroughs” don’t survive independent replication or outperform the best classical systems on open benchmarks. By Aaronson’s criteria, they’re still in the qombie camp.

    Quantum Computing Inc. is even further back. They don’t show credible progress on error correction, standardized metrics, or replicated wins. Right now, they’re a stock market story, not a science story.

    Where the Money Still Belongs

    My favorites are reliable names with a proven track record. And they’ve never changed even as I highlighted those other stocks in January:

    • IBM (IBM): The company that invented the personal computer and still holds more U.S. patents than any other corporation. Now leading the charge in logical qubits and quantum error correction. +26% since January.
    • Microsoft (MSFT): The firm that turned cloud into a trillion-dollar business — now betting on quantum as the next frontier.
    • Alphabet (GOOGL): The same lab that claimed “quantum supremacy” in 2019 — still pouring billions into the race.

    These probably won’t triple in a quarter. But they also won’t collapse when the NISQ bubble pops.

    Here’s the breakdown for any trader looking for exposure to the well-backed incumbents (long-term) as well as the flash-in-the-pan names (short-term):

    • Fade / underweight: IONQ, QBTS, RGTI, QUBT — spectacular runs, but narrative risk is sky-high. Great trades, dangerous investments.
    • Prefer / overweight: IBM, GOOGL, MSFT — credible research, diversified businesses, quantum optionality without hype-driven downside.

    No FOMO, Just Process

    The quantum call was a home run. But here’s the part most people miss: it wasn’t luck, and it wasn’t magic. It was discipline. We sized the trades right, we locked in profits when the market gave them to us, and we treated every headline like noise until the tape confirmed the story. That’s how pros do it.

    If you caught those moves, you know what I’m talking about. If you missed them, don’t sweat it. Around here, we don’t do FOMO. What we do is build a process that lets us step into trades with confidence, protect our downside, and ride the big stories without blowing up our account. Join me inside the Masters in Trading Options Challenge I’ll show you exactly how to do just that. It’s a focused training where I walk you through the same playbook I use every day.

    Trading isn’t about chasing yesterday’s headlines. It’s about preparing for the next move — because there’s always a next move. If you’re ready to trade like a pro in a market that punishes amateurs, join me inside the Options Trading Challenge. Follow this link to find out all about it and join our community of like-minded traders.

    Remember, the creative trader wins,

    Jonathan Rose

    Founder, Masters in Trading

    P.S., I’ve been trading long enough to know that every once in a while, a single move out of Washington changes the market forever. My colleague Luke Lango says that moment is here — a secret four-page plan signed in Trump’s first term is finally set to be activated on October 21st.

    Luke believes it could trigger a $4 trillion financial reset… erase America’s debt crisis in one bold stroke… and lock in the dollar’s dominance for the next century. More importantly, he says everyday traders who are positioned ahead of it could see life-changing gains.

    That’s why on Monday, October 6 at 1 p.m. Eastern, Luke is hosting a free briefing to break it all down. He’ll reveal the corner of the market he expects to benefit first — and even give away the name of a stock he believes could double in the next 12 months. Click here to reserve your seat.

    The post Quantum Mania: The 2025 Call That Hit Big — And Why It’s Time to Pause appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The Hidden Power Play Behind AI’s $2.8 Trillion Boom]]> /smartmoney/2025/10/the-hidden-power-play-behind-ais-2-8-trillion-boom/ While Wall Street cheers AI’s surge, the real winners may be the energy sources feeding its data centers. n/a batteries-energy-storage A row of neon batteries with a lightning bolt symbol on the one in the center; a concept image for energy storage ipmlc-3309259 Sat, 04 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 The Hidden Power Play Behind AI’s $2.8 Trillion Boom Eric Fry Sat, 04 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Hello, Reader

    We’ve been keeping an eye on the current government shutdown here at Smart Money, but one group has clearly ignored it…

    Tech stocks.

    While Main Street is concerned about the political gridlock, Wall Street has tuned out the noise and instead focused on this week’s positive AI news, which drove the tech-heavy Nasdaq Composite to new highs.

    What’s more, Citigroup Inc. (C) also raised its forecast for AI-related infrastructure spending by tech giants from $2.3 trillion, estimated earlier this year, to $2.8 trillion through 2029. Citi analysts cited ever-growing AI appetite – a hunger that is fed by data centers.

    Although AI may seem like an invisible, nebulous force, it cannot work its magic without millions of physical servers humming along inside the world’s data centers 24 hours a day.

    The four leading “hyperscaler” data center operators – Amazon.com Inc. (AMZN)Meta Platforms Inc. (META)Microsoft Corp. (MSFT), and Alphabet Inc. (GOOGL) – have invested an astounding $1.5 trillion during the last five years in research and development, plus property, plant, and equipment – i.e., data centers.

    And the pace of spending is increasing.

    But these millions of servers cannot come into existence and operate without captive energy sources that deliver reliable power.

    Citi’s report this week also estimates that global AI compute demand would need 55 gigawatts of new power capacity by 2030, which translates to $2.8 trillion in incremental spend. That’s $1.4 trillion in the U.S. alone.

    So, in today’s Smart Money, let’s take a look at the energy source ready to feed AI’s hungry, hungry data center boom.

    And then I’ll share one specific way you can capitalize on its future.

    AI’s Energy Appetite

    During the last few years, the combined electricity consumption of Amazon, Meta, Microsoft, and Alphabet soared more than 80%. The sheer volume of incremental electricity demand AI will require a comprehensive, large-scale solution.

    Nuclear power will provide part of that solution.

    In many respects, nuclear power has no equal, especially when it comes to powering data centers.

    Nuclear power plants can run continuously for long periods of time without needing maintenance or refueling, so they are an ideal energy source for data centers. That’s why all the major tech companies are striking deals to secure part of their future electricity needs from nuclear power sources.

    And nuclear power also got a boost this week here in the U.S. amid the shutdown headlines.

    The U.S. Department of Energy chose four companies for its new pilot program to build advanced nuclear fuel lines. One company in the grouping, Oklo Inc. (OKLO), will construct and operate three nuclear fuel production plants. The program’s projects are intended to accelerate the development of a domestic supply chain for nuclear research and demonstration.

    So, here’s where the profit opportunity comes in…

    Going Nuclear

    This new high-profile demand for nuclear power from the tech industry could accelerate the uranium industry’s growth and profitability.

    So, a great way to capitalize on that potential is by investing in the uranium market.

    In fact, I recommended a unique energy play to my Fry’s Investment Report members that stands to benefit directly from the growth of AI technologies.

    It’s a fund that holds a broad portfolio of uranium companies – both those that are currently producing, and those that hope to produce in the future.

    Again, the primary rationale for this investment is AI and its data center construction boom.

    This uranium play is up nearly 90% year-to-date, and major supply-demand imbalances in the uranium market will likely push uranium prices significantly higher.

    To learn how to access all of the details on my uranium recommendation, click here.

    Regards,

    Eric Fry

    The post The Hidden Power Play Behind AI’s $2.8 Trillion Boom appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[America’s Financial Reset That Begins October 21]]> /2025/10/americas-financial-reset-that-begins-october-21/ A $4 trillion shift could create more wealth than the tech boom n/a us-financial-reset-growth An image of large stacks of coins, a rising graph with arrows, overlaid by the U.S. flag to represent America's financial reset, U.S. finance, Project Yorktown ipmlc-3309076 Sat, 04 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400 America’s Financial Reset That Begins October 21 Luis Hernandez Sat, 04 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400 History often happens in quiet moments … why Trump’s new financial plan could be the key to our financial future

    In 1995, a New Hampshire man ordered a niche book on artificial intelligence – Fluid Concepts and Creative Analogies by Douglas Hofstadter – from a small online start-up called Amazon.

    It was the first book ordered on the fledgling site. No one noticed.

    That quiet transaction – so ordinary at the moment – marked the beginning of a retail revolution. Since then, Amazon has toppled brick-and-mortar empires and redefined how we shop.

    In hindsight, it’s easy to see the significance. But at the time, no one, maybe not even Jeff Bezos himself, could have imagined what would come.

    We tend to imagine historic moments as dramatic events, framed by fanfare or underscored by swelling music.

    But the truth is more mundane. World-changing moments are usually quiet.

    They can begin with a signature on the bottom of a document, a small group meeting behind closed doors, or an innovation that doesn’t make news. Only later does the weight of the event seem so significant.

    We may be standing on the edge of another “quiet” moment – one that quietly started four years ago.

    And it could change the world’s financial infrastructure, free America from its rivals, and secure its future.

    The Quiet Meeting That Started It All…

    Like many world-changing events, this one happened with almost no one noticing.

    In the final weeks of President Trump’s first term, he met with a small group of top financial officials behind closed doors in Washington, D.C. There were no cameras, and the meeting wasn’t in the news.

    At the end of the meeting, the participants signed a four-page document. It was a blueprint for a plan to solve America’s debt crisis and protect our economy from what Trump calls “financial blackmail” by foreign governments.

    And then… nothing happened.

    A new administration took office soon after. The blueprint was shelved and left to gather dust. The plan was largely forgotten outside of a small circle of insiders.

    But now that plan is back – revived and reactivated, and on October 21st, it’s finally set to move into action. A forgotten plan may soon be remembered as one of the most critical financial shifts in modern American history.

    China, Japan, and other nations have held trillions of dollars in U.S. Treasuries for decades, essentially buying our debt. This has given them leverage over our policies and even our prosperity.

    Every American has felt the consequences, whether through rising borrowing costs, trade disadvantages, or the ever-growing national debt burden.

    But this slim four-page document was a blueprint to change all of that and make America financially independent once again.

    This plan is so important that even during unprecedented partisan bickering, it has bipartisan support – including more than 100 House Democrats who crossed the aisle to back it.

    Now, with the full weight of the federal government, Wall Street, and Corporate America, “Project Yorktown” is about to be activated.

    But this story isn’t just about American sovereignty.

    If the insiders are right, Project Yorktown could erase America’s debt – and ignite a trillion-dollar opportunity for investors.

    The implementation of this plan, coming in just a few weeks, could unleash as much as $4 trillion into a specific corner of the market – a tidal wave of capital unlike anything we’ve seen before.

    For Main Street investors, this is the most crucial part of this story. Senior Analyst Luke Lango explains:

    Whenever Washington engineers a reset this massive, money doesn’t just “disappear.”

    It moves.

    And those who know where it’s moving — and position themselves in advance — often see fortunes made.

    Think of the families who owned oil-rich land in Texas before the rigs struck black gold.

    Or the early adopters who loaded up on stock in tiny tech firms in the 1990s before they became household names.

    That’s the kind of opportunity Project Yorktown could unleash.

    That’s why you should reserve your spot now for Luke Lango’s free presentation about “Project Yorktown.”

    As this plan goes live, $4 trillion of fresh capital will pour into a very specific corner of the financial markets that most investors are not watching.

    I can’t steal Luke’s thunder, but I can tell you this: For the handful of Americans positioned in the right investment vehicles ahead of October 21 … they could see returns rivaling the biggest booms in history.

    A Moment Worthy of Yorktown

    Luke calls this Project Yorktown because, just as the Battle of Yorktown in 1781 ended the Revolutionary War and secured America’s political independence from Britain, President Trump’s plan is set to end America’s financial dependence on foreign powers and secure independence for the future.

    Luke summarizes the importance this way:

    October 21 will be remembered as the day the dollar reasserted its dominance… the day America declared itself untouchable on the world stage… and the day ordinary citizens had the chance to transform their financial futures.

    On October 6, at 1 p.m. Eastern, Luke will host President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit to share why and how this project is being activated on October 21… and more details on the sector of the economy that stands to benefit the most.

    When you attend the “Project Yorktown” Summit, you’ll have the chance to position your money ahead of what’s to come.

    Plus, Luke has promised to share a free pick poised to double in the next 12 months… name, ticker, and analysis included!

    It all began with a small meeting that no one noticed. But the four-page plan that emerged from it could reset America’s financial future starting on October 21.

    Enjoy your weekend,

    Luis Hernandez

    Editor in Chief, InvestorPlace

    The post America’s Financial Reset That Begins October 21 appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Why Democrats Are Quietly Backing Trump’s Financial Reset]]> /market360/2025/10/why-democrats-are-quietly-backing-trumps-financial-reset/ Even bitter rivals in Congress agree this one financial reset is too big to ignore n/a us-capitol-bipartisan-blueprint The U.S. Capitol building, one side red and one side blue, overlaid with a blueprint showing gears and measurements to represent bipartisan support for an overhaul to U.S. finance; Project Yorktown ipmlc-3309049 Sat, 04 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400 Why Democrats Are Quietly Backing Trump’s Financial Reset Louis Navellier Sat, 04 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: Rarely do Republicans and Democrats put aside their differences. But when 102 House Democrats crossed the aisle this year to back President Trump’s “Project Yorktown,” it marked the beginning of something historic. On October 21, that plan goes live – and the financial reset it triggers could unleash $4 trillion into a single corner of the market.

    My colleague Luke Lango, tech stock specialist here at InvestorPlace, has the details in the essay below. And on Monday, October 6, at 1 p.m. Eastern, he’s hosting a special free broadcast – President Trump’s Project Yorktown Summit – where he’ll reveal the sector set to benefit first and give away a free stock pick poised to double in 12 months. You can instantly reserve your seat for that event here.

    I’ll let Luke take it from here…

    **

    Our representatives in Washington can’t agree on the color of the sky.

    Red states and blue states seem to live in entirely different universes. Republicans and Democrats argue over everything from healthcare to the weather.

    But recently, the divide feels wider than ever.

    So, when 102 House Democrats broke ranks earlier this year and publicly supported President Donald Trump’s “Project Yorktown” (more about that in a minute), it sent shockwaves through the Capitol.

    Think about that for a moment.

    In an age when politicians would rather fall on their sword than give credit to the other side, more than 100 Democrats decided this plan was too big, too important, and too urgent to oppose.

    Because Project Yorktown isn’t just politics. It isn’t about left versus right. It’s about America’s future.

    And it’s about to go live on October 21.

    That’s less than a month away.

    So, in today’s essay…

    • I’m going to explain why more than 100 Democrats broke ranks to back Trump’s plan…
    • Show you how this little-known plan could end America’s debt crisis…
    • And reveal why early investors could capture generational wealth as this reset takes effect.

    Let’s take a look…

    A Rare Glimpse of Unity

    Bipartisan support is rare. But it does happen in moments of national crisis when both sides recognize the stakes are higher than party loyalty.

    Recall…

    • World War II Mobilization: In the face of fascism, Democrats and Republicans set aside differences to mobilize the nation – drafting soldiers, ramping up industry, and uniting behind a common mission to defeat Nazi Germany and its allies.
    • The Space Race: Cold War rivalry pushed both parties to invest heavily in science, technology, and education, culminating in the Apollo moon landing; a shared triumph that transcended politics.
    • The Cold War Consensus: From Truman to Reagan, leaders across the political spectrum agreed on the need for strong defense, strategic alliances, and containment policies to counter Soviet influence and protect global democracy.

    Now we can add Project Yorktown to the list.

    Because the truth is that America faces a different kind of enemy today. Not a military one — but a financial one.

    Foreign rivals have spent years amassing dangerous leverage over the United States by buying trillions of dollars of our debt. Nations like China and Japan have accumulated trillions in U.S. Treasury securities.

    While this has kept interest rates lower and fueled American spending power, it also creates a strategic vulnerability: If these governments were to suddenly reduce their holdings or shift their investments, they could rattle financial markets, drive up borrowing costs, and weaken America’s economic stability.

    In times of geopolitical tension, that financial leverage becomes a quiet but powerful weapon. President Trump calls it “financial blackmail.”

    And lawmakers on both sides of the aisle know it has to stop.

    That’s why, in a major show of bipartisan support, 102 House Democrats voted in favor of Trump’s Project Yorktown blueprint. They saw what was in those pages. They understood the consequences of inaction.

    What convinced so many Democrats to back Trump’s plan?

    Three simple realities:

  • The debt crisis is unsustainable. America’s national debt is now over $34 trillion and climbing. Interest payments alone are ballooning. If nothing changes, the government could soon be spending more on debt interest than on defense, healthcare, or Social Security.
  • Foreign leverage is dangerous. China, Japan, and other rivals hold vast amounts of U.S. Treasuries. At any moment, they could threaten to sell — destabilizing our economy and crippling our ability to respond. Both parties understand this is a national security risk.
  • Project Yorktown offers a way out. As outlined in a four-page document signed back in 2020, the project that finally takes effect on October 21 outlines a radical financial framework that ends foreign “financial blackmail,” injects trillions into our system, and restores true economic independence.
  •  Faced with that choice — gridlock or independence — more than 100 Democrats sided with America.

    The headlines barely covered it. The mainstream press barely noticed.

    But make no mistake: What happened was historic.

    Imagine being in the House chamber that day.

    Lifelong partisan rivals setting down their swords. Lawmakers who have spent years attacking President Trump deciding, for once, that the plan on the table was too powerful to deny.

    And remember — we’re not talking about a symbolic gesture. These weren’t a handful of centrist outliers. This was a triple-digit bloc of Democrats standing behind a Republican president’s financial blueprint.

    That kind of unity doesn’t happen unless something seismic is at stake.

    And according to insiders, it is.

    Because once Project Yorktown goes live on October 21, the United States could enter a new era:

    • Debt-free prosperity.
    • Dollar dominance secured for a century.
    • $4 trillion flowing into a critical sector of the market.

    And Americans who see it coming early have the opportunity to build generational wealth.

    Here’s why this bipartisan moment matters for you…

    The Impact on Everyday Investors

    When Washington unites, the results are massive.

    The G.I. Bill created the largest middle-class population in history. The Interstate Highway System transformed American commerce. The Space Race unleashed decades of technological innovation.

    Project Yorktown could be bigger than all of those combined.

    Because this time, it’s not about building roads or rockets. It’s about rebuilding the financial foundation of America itself.

    When the $4 trillion injection begins to flow, it won’t just secure the government’s books. It will move through the financial system, touching markets, businesses, and — yes — everyday investors.

    The lawmakers who crossed the aisle know this. They didn’t sign on for the politics. They signed on for the prosperity.

    But here’s the catch.

    Like every great transformation in history, the biggest gains will go to those who are positioned before the floodgates open.

    • The oil barons of Texas struck it rich because they owned the land before the boom.
    • Early tech investors in the 1990s turned tiny stakes into fortunes because they saw the Internet Revolution coming before it hit Wall Street.
    • And now, Americans who prepare before October 21 could see a once-in-a-lifetime wealth window open in front of them.

    How much wealth? Some estimates suggest 10x in the next 12 months, 30x in the next three years, and even 100x by 2030 for those who understand where the money is going.

    That’s why this bipartisan vote matters. It’s proof that even Washington — divided as it is — sees the writing on the wall.

    And it’s why you can’t afford to wait until the headlines catch up.

    Unity Is the Signal

    In today’s world, it’s easy to be cynical. Easy to believe nothing in Washington gets done.

    But sometimes, unity itself is the signal.

    When more than 100 House Democrats link arms with a Republican president… when bitter rivals stand on the same side… you know something extraordinary is about to happen.

    Just as the Battle of Yorktown, in 1781, secured America’s freedom from Britain, Project Yorktown, on October 21, could secure America’s financial independence for the next century.

    But for everyday Americans, the moment to act isn’t October 21.

    It’s October 6.

    That’s the day I’m hosting a groundbreaking broadcast called President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit. At that event, I’ll reveal the sector of the market set to receive the first wave of this $4 trillion reset — and give away a free stock pick poised to double within 12 months. (You can automatically reserve your spot for that event here.)

    Because when 102 House Democrats put politics aside… it’s time for you to pay attention.

    You can immediately sign up for our Project Yorktown Summit now.

    Sincerely,

    Luke Lango's signature

    Luke Lango

    Editor, Hypergrowth Investing

    The post Why Democrats Are Quietly Backing Trump’s Financial Reset appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[October 21, 2025: The Day the U.S. Debt Crisis Ends]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/october-21-2025-the-day-the-u-s-debt-crisis-ends/ A new plan could wipe away America's debt – and ignite a trillion-dollar investment opportunity n/a us-debt-downgrade-weight An image of the USA with a weight on top of it, showing the word debt, to represent U.S. debt and the debt downgrade ipmlc-3308962 Sat, 04 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 October 21, 2025: The Day the U.S. Debt Crisis Ends Luke Lango Sat, 04 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 Every empire stumbles under the same weight.

    Not always from invading armies, but from the debts they can’t repay.

    The Romans debased their currency until confidence cracked. The British Empire drained its coffers fighting two world wars. And today, America faces a $34 trillion national debt that swells by the second.

    Every year, interest payments alone eat deeper into our budget – billions upon billions just to service the debt, with no end in sight. In 2024, the U.S. paid approximately $880 billion in interest on its national debt. And according to the Congressional Budget Office (CBO), these costs will continue to rise, approaching $1 trillion by 2026 and potentially exceeding that level within a decade.

    Left unchecked, rising debt would siphon tax dollars into interest payments – leaving less for economic growth, forcing hard choices on Social Security and healthcare, and eroding the resources that sustain America’s military strength.

    And foreign powers know it. They hold trillions of dollars of our debt, using it as leverage – what President Trump calls “financial blackmail.”

    For decades, the U.S. has kicked the can down the road. Borrow, borrow, borrow. Pray the music never stops.

    But the truth is, the music always stops…

    Unless something radical happens.

    And thankfully, one such transformational shift is in the works: President Trump’s long-hidden Project Yorktown – a plan to end American’s debt crisis in one bold move.

    It could go down as the most important financial reset in American history. And it’s set to go into effect just weeks from now, on October 21, 2025.

    We believe that date will mark the beginning of the end of U.S. debt-dependence. And investors who get positioned early could reap the largest rewards…

    When U.S. Debt Reaches a Breaking Point

    Let’s put this in perspective.

    Right now, the U.S. government spends about $2.4 billion per day on interest payments. That’s money that doesn’t go toward improving infrastructure, education, healthcare, or national defense.

    Worse, those payments are only growing. Estimates suggest that within a decade, interest could become the largest line item in the federal budget.

    Clearly, this is unsustainable.

    And when foreign nations like China and Japan own massive chunks of that debt via Treasury securities, it leaves us exposed.

    At any moment, they could decide to dump their holdings and trigger chaos —  spiking interest rates, tanking the dollar, and sending markets into freefall.

    For example, back in 2007, when Congress prepared to punish China for unfair currency manipulation, Beijing threatened to sell over $1 trillion in U.S. Treasuries. Lawmakers backed down.

    More recently, tariff threats triggered smaller selloffs – enough to jolt the bond market and force policy delays.

    That’s not sovereignty. That’s dependency.

    In other words, this is much more than a financial problem. It’s a national security threat…

    Which is what makes “Project Yorktown” so revolutionary.

    Erasing U.S. Debt: A Plan Five Years in the Making

    Back in late 2020, before leaving office after his first term, Trump and his top financial officials quietly signed a secret four-page document.

    It was a blueprint for a new kind of financial framework. A way to:

    • Permanently erase the power foreign nations hold over us.
    • Keep America’s borrowing costs low for generations.
    • And inject trillions into the U.S. economy, creating a tidal wave of prosperity.

    The plan was shelved when the White House changed hands. But when Trump won a second term as president, it became a top priority once again.

    Now, with bipartisan backing (including more than 100 Democrats who crossed the aisle), Wall Street’s support, and corporate America’s blessing, he’s bringing “Project Yorktown” to life.

    And if insiders are right, it could single-handedly wipe away America’s debt – and ignite a trillion-dollar opportunity for investors.

    To grasp the scale of what’s coming, we can compare it to other turning points in U.S. economic history:

    • 1879: The Gold Standard. When the U.S. returned to gold convertibility after the Civil War, it stabilized the currency and ushered in a wave of industrial expansion, railroads, and global trade dominance.
    • 1901: The Texas Oil Boom. The Spindletop gusher transformed America into the world’s top energy producer, fueling cars, factories, and a new class of millionaires while securing U.S. industrial might.
    • 1990s: The Tech Revolution. The rise of the internet and personal computing birthed trillion-dollar companies, rewired global commerce, and reshaped daily life in less than a decade.

    While each of these events were transformational on a massive scale, we think “Project Yorktown” could eclipse them all…

    Because instead of transforming a single sector, it resets the entire financial system – ending the debt spiral, restoring sovereignty, and guaranteeing the dollar’s dominance for a century.

    What This Financial Reset Means for Everyday Americans

    Here’s the part the politicians won’t say out loud: When $4 trillion of capital is unleashed, it won’t just stay in Washington.

    It will surge through the financial system, igniting a specific corner of the markets most people are overlooking right now.

    That’s where the real opportunity lies.

    The insiders who know where that money is headed – and who position themselves beforehand – could see fortunes made.

    Just like the investors who saw the oil boom coming and bought land in Texas, or those who recognized the power of the internet in the early 1990s…

    History shows the biggest wealth waves go to those who get in front of the shift.

    And “Project Yorktown” could be the largest wealth wave yet.

    It’s more than policy. It’s a systemic reset: a chance to break free from debt, restore economic independence, and build a stronger foundation for the century ahead.

    And for everyday Americans, it’s also a chance to capture a $4 trillion injection  that could deliver life-changing returns.

    The question is simple:

    Will you be prepared?

    October 21 is right around the corner.

    Tune in to our “Project Yorktown Summit” on October 6 to make sure you’re ready for it…

    The post October 21, 2025: The Day the U.S. Debt Crisis Ends appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Get in Before Oct. 21]]> /2025/10/get-in-before-oct-21/ n/a stocks to buy1600 Planning, analyzing indicators and buying and selling strategies, stock market, business growth, progress or success. Stocks to buy ipmlc-3309274 Fri, 03 Oct 2025 18:17:25 -0400 Get in Before Oct. 21 Jeff Remsburg Fri, 03 Oct 2025 18:17:25 -0400 Day 3 of the shutdown rolls on… the issue that caused our politicians to unite… the potential impact on your portfolio… Jonathan Rose flags the next potential government investment stock… more signs of our bifurcated economy/market.

    We’re on Day 3 of the government shutdown.

    As I write, the Senate is expected to vote this afternoon on short-term spending bills (which have already failed to advance a handful of times). If not passed, Senate Majority Leader John Thune, R-S.D., says he’ll adjourn until Monday, taking the shutdown to Day 6.

    On one hand, these shutdowns aren’t unusual. According to the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget (CRFB), there have been 20 “funding gaps” since 1976.

    But the degree of political polarization driving the one today is new.

    From a recent piece from Pew Research:

    It’s become commonplace among observers of U.S. politics to decry partisan polarization in Congress.

    Indeed, a Pew Research Center analysis finds that, on average, Democrats and Republicans are farther apart ideologically today than at any time in the past 50 years…

    Five decades ago, 144 House Republicans were less conservative than the most conservative Democrat, and 52 House Democrats were less liberal than the most liberal Republican, according to the analysis.

    No chance you’d find such overlap today. Instead, we have a cavernous and widening ideological divide – which is why the latest research piece from our hypergrowth expert Luke Lango stood out.

    In a political environment where almost nothing unites both sides, Luke highlighted one of the rare moments of true consensus…

    Earlier this year, 102 House Democrats broke ranks to support a key initiative from President Trump.

    What issue is so important that it’s overriding today’s historic partisan divide?

    “Project Yorktown,” as Luke calls it, is a financial reset so urgent that even partisan politics were sidelined.

    Luke describes it as a four-page document, signed in the final weeks of Trump’s first term, designed to secure America’s “financial independence” from foreign creditors. He views it as a pivot that could reshape how global capital flows through the U.S. economy.

    As to why our divided politicians were able to unite, here’s Luke’s explanation:

    Our nation’s debt crisis is unsustainable… America’s national debt is now over $34 trillion and climbing…

    China, Japan, and other rivals hold vast amounts of U.S. Treasuries. At any moment, they could threaten to sell — destabilizing our economy and crippling our ability to respond. Both parties understand this is a national security risk.

    Project Yorktown offers a way out…

    As outlined in a four-page document signed back in 2020, the project that finally takes effect on October 21 outlines a radical financial framework that ends foreign “financial blackmail,” injects trillions into our system, and restores true economic independence.

    Why this matters for your portfolio

    As Luke just noted, the document officially takes effect on October 21. At that moment, Luke believes as much as $4 trillion could begin redirecting into a corner of the markets that Wall Street is mostly ignoring.

    As to the potential investment payoff for investors who get there first, here’s Luke:

    Americans who prepare before October 21 could see a once-in-a-lifetime wealth window open in front of them.

    How much wealth?

    Some estimates suggest 10x in the next 12 months, 30x in the next three years, and even 100x by 2030 for those who understand where the money is going.

    This Monday, October 6, in a briefing at 1 p.m. Eastern, Luke will dive into all the details, fully explaining “Project Yorktown” and highlighting the steps investors should take before October 21.

    As part of the event, he’ll give away a free pick poised to double within 12 months. To instantly sign up to attend with just one click, here’s your link.

    Here’s Luke’s bottom line:

    When 102 House Democrats put politics aside… It’s time for you to pay attention.

    When even Washington – divided as it is – sees the writing on the wall, you can’t afford to wait until the headlines catch up.

    Sign up with just one click – right here – for our Project Yorktown Summit now.

    Which government bedfellow will surge next?

    In recent months, the Trump Administration has pushed government involvement with Corporate America in the most aggressive way in decades.

    Three recent examples are government investments in MP Materials Corp. (MP), Intel Corp. (INTC), and this past Monday, Lithium Americas Corp. (LAC).

    And what’s been the impact on investors?

    • On July 10, MP Materials announced a “transformational public-private partnership” with the U.S. Department of Defense – the stock has surged 147% since the day before the news.
    • On August 22, Intel and the Trump administration revealed that the U.S. government would invest $8.9 billion in Intel common stock – investors who were there first are up 58%.
    • And last Wednesday, September 24, the White House proposed an equity stake as Lithium Americas – LAC investors have made 191% in just over a week (it’s surging 30% here on Friday as I write).

    Which company could be the government’s next bedfellow, turning it into a triple-digit winner?

    Veteran trader Jonathan Rose has you covered.

    Jonathan got his subscribers into that MP Materials move early – and they walked away with a 700% return on one tranche of their options play

    In the weeks since, Jonathan has been tracking this public/private money flow and looking for new opportunities.

    From his latest Masters in Trading: Live update:

    If this year has taught us anything, it’s that taking aim on these federally-fueled catalysts and position alongside them can be incredibly lucrative…

    There’s a new name I want you focused on: KRMN.

    It’s a small-cap defense contractor that builds the stuff that makes missiles fly and rockets launch…

    Its growth tells us one thing loud and clear: this company is built to scale — earnings up more than 230% year-on-year.

    They supply components for over 100 active missile and space programs, making them mission-critical to giants like Lockheed Martin and Northrop Grumman.

    Now, we actually put Karman on your radar thanks to Jonathan in our September 8 Digest – it’s up 19% since then.

    But our trading expert believes there’s plenty of juice left. Whether the government takes a stake in KRMN or not, defense spending will not shrink anytime soon. Plus, NATO is boosting commitments, and Washington has been pushing hard on supply chains.

    Jonathan writes that, together, “you’ve got a policy environment that practically guarantees steady contract flow for years to come.”

    We’ll continue tracking this. After all, if KRMN is the government’s next pick, that 19% return is just the tip of the iceberg.

    Here’s Jonathan’s bottom line:

    Here’s what really excites me: KRMN’s market cap is still under $5 billion. That means we’re in before the herd…

    When I look at KRMN, I see the same ingredients we’ve profited from in MP. A powerful policy tailwind. Deep government ties. A market that’s still sleeping on the story.

    That’s the exact recipe that’s given us our biggest winners. And I believe KRMN is next in line.

    If you’re looking for more trading ideas like this, Jonathan offers them in his free episodes of Masters in Trading: Live, which air every day the market is open at 11:00 a.m. Eastern. Click here to sign up and get all the details to join him.

    Before we sign off, more evidence to support today’s bifurcated economy and stock market

    On one hand, low-income Americans are struggling financially, and non-AI stocks are mostly flatlining.

    On the other hand, Americans with assets are enjoying soaring net worths, and AI stocks are setting new all-time highs.

    It’s a bifurcated economy and stock market.

    Luke just added more color on this divide. Let’s return to his Innovation Investor Daily Notes:

    [Tuesday’s] September ADP Jobs Report was ugly. Instead of adding 51,000 jobs as expected, the economy lost 32,000 jobs last month…

    Meanwhile, the ISM Manufacturing Report wasn’t much better. The headline index stayed stuck below 50, signaling contraction…

    But Wall Street? It doesn’t seem to care.

    The financial economy—the part of the economy that drives asset prices—is still being turbocharged by the AI Boom.

    And that’s what really matters for your portfolio.

    Luke points to U.K. datacenter operator Nscale as the latest evidence of the AI boom. It just received another $433 million from Dell, Nvidia, and Nokia.

    He also highlights yesterday’s report from Morgan Stanley. Here’s Luke with the details:

    Analysts estimate that retailers like Gap, Macy’s, Victoria’s Secret, and Kohl’s can collectively save ~$6 billion using AI to optimize supply chains and operations.

    That’s a 200-basis-point boost to EBIT margins and a ~20% lift to 2026 earnings forecasts. These aren’t small numbers—they’re bottom-line game-changers.

    After Luke draws additional contrast between the “real economy” and the “AI economy,” he presents a stat that drives it home:

    Ever since ChatGPT launched in November 2022, the S&P 500 has rallied ~70% while job openings have dropped ~30%.

    The AI Divide is very real and only getting bigger.

    As we highlighted in yesterday’s Digest, no Wall Street party lasts forever, but momentum is overwhelmingly bullish. We’re in a money-making environment – regardless of what’s happening in the “real” economy.

    Be careful…but invest accordingly.

    Have a good evening,

    Jeff Remsburg

    The post Get in Before Oct. 21 appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Could This 4-Page Document Save the Dollar?]]> /market360/2025/10/could-this-4-page-document-save-the-dollar/ A radical new framework could secure U.S. financial independence – and unleash trillion-dollar opportunities n/a us-financial-reset-growth An image of large stacks of coins, a rising graph with arrows, overlaid by the U.S. flag to represent America's financial reset, U.S. finance, Project Yorktown ipmlc-3309028 Fri, 03 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Could This 4-Page Document Save the Dollar? Louis Navellier Fri, 03 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Editor’s Note: Every generation or so, a single policy decision comes along that changes the course of America’s financial future. Today, my fellow InvestorPlace Senior Analyst Luke Lango is pulling back the curtain on one such plan – a secret four-page document from Washington that’s about to be activated later this month. Luke believes it could unleash a $4 trillion reset unlike anything we’ve seen in 50 years, with extraordinary implications for everyday investors.

    That’s why, on Monday, October 6, Luke is hosting a free broadcast, where he’ll reveal which corner of the market stands to benefit first – and give away a free stock pick poised to double in the next 12 months. You can reserve your spot instantly here.

    Now, take it away, Luke…

    **

    Just about every great turning point in American history begins with paper.

    The Declaration of Independence. Just 1,458 words that lit the spark of liberty.

    The Emancipation Proclamation. Barely two pages long — yet it redefined freedom forever.

    The G.I. Bill. A few hundred lines of legislation that built America’s middle class after World War II.

    And now… a four-page classified document… signed in the final weeks of President Donald Trump’s first term is about to join that list.

    Almost nobody knows it exists – let alone what’s inside. But when this little-known blueprint is finally activated on October 21, what I call “Project Yorktown” could unleash the most radical financial reset of the last 50 years.

    I don’t use those words lightly.

    This plan has the potential to:

    Inject $4 trillion of capital into a single corner of the markets…

    Erase America’s debt crisis in one bold move

    And guarantee the U.S. dollar’s dominance for the next 100 years.

    Here’s the best part. Ordinary Americans — people who know where to look and position themselves beforehand — could stand to benefit in a transformative way.

    That’s why on Monday, October 6, at 1 p.m. Eastern, I’m hosting a groundbreaking broadcast called President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit. At that free event, I’ll reveal the sector of the market set to receive the first wave of this $4 trillion reset — and give away a free stock pick poised to double within 12 months. (You can automatically reserve your spot for that event early here.)

    But before that broadcast, I want to get you ready.

    So, in this essay, I want to explain the origins of this secret four-page plan…

    Show why its October 21 activation could mark the biggest financial reset in 50 years…

    And outline what history teaches us about how past resets have created life-changing opportunities for early movers.

    Because history is about to turn the page (OR JUST “TAKE A LOOK”)…

    A Document Buried by Politics

    The story begins in late 2020.

    Behind closed doors in Washington, three of the most powerful financial figures in America gathered with President Trump.

    The Treasury Secretary.

    The Chairman of the SEC.

    The head of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

    Together, they quietly signed off on a four-page financial plan unlike anything America had ever attempted before.

    The goal? To permanently free America from the grip of foreign creditors, restore true sovereignty to our financial system, and launch a new era of prosperity for everyday citizens.

    But there was a problem.

    Just weeks later, the White House changed hands. The new administration had no interest in implementing Trump’s blueprint. The four pages were shelved, collecting dust as America sank deeper into debt and division.

    That could have been the end of the story.

    But that wasn’t the end.

    The American people returned Donald Trump to the White House. And in the early days of his second term, he has quietly revived this forgotten plan.

    He has rallied bipartisan support — even from 102 House Democrats who put politics aside to back his vision. And he is preparing to do what no president in history has dared: launch a financial revolution strong enough to break America’s chains of debt.

    Now, after years of waiting, the activation date has finally arrived: October 21, 2025.

    On that date, Trump’s four-page document stops being just ink on paper.

    It becomes reality.

    I believe it could be a financial reset on par with the greatest economic turning points in U.S. history:

    The early-1900s Texas oil boom, which minted millionaires almost overnight.

    The late 20th century tech revolution, which turned garage startups into global titans.

    Even the adoption of the gold standard in 1879, which triggered the most prosperous century our country has ever seen.

    Each of these moments reshaped America’s destiny. But insiders say Project Yorktown could be even bigger.

    Because unlike past revolutions, this one isn’t about a single resource or industry. It’s about reengineering the very foundation of how America funds itself, pays its bills, and defends its global leadership.

    In short: it’s about making America invincible.

    The Battle for Financial Independence

    For decades, rivals like China and Japan have held America hostage with what President Trump calls “financial blackmail.”

    They’ve bought up trillions of dollars of our government debt — giving them dangerous leverage over U.S. policy.

    If they ever decided to dump those holdings, the consequences could be catastrophic: soaring interest rates, a crashing stock market, a dollar in freefall.

    It’s why Congress has backed off from tough trade legislation. It’s why tariffs were delayed. It’s why America’s leaders have often been forced to “think twice” before upsetting our creditors.

    That’s not true sovereignty. That’s dependency.

    President Trump’s Project Yorktown is designed to end it once and for all.

    And the four-page document Trump signed back in 2020 lays out a radical new framework that removes America’s reliance on foreign creditors entirely. (The history buffs reading this are likely now realizing why I’m calling this “Project Yorktown.”)

    For the first time in modern history, we can tell China: Sell it all – it won’t matter.

    And instead of plunging into chaos, America could actually become stronger.

    What It Means for You

    Now, here’s the most important part of this story:

    Whenever Washington engineers a reset this massive, money doesn’t just “disappear.”

    It moves.

    And those who know where it’s moving — and position themselves in advance — often see fortunes made.

    Think of the families who owned oil-rich land in Texas before the rigs struck black gold.

    Or the early adopters who loaded up on stock in tiny tech firms in the 1990s before they became household names.

    That’s the kind of opportunity Project Yorktown could unleash. (And why you should instantly reserve your spot for my free broadcast now.)

    Because as this plan goes live, $4 trillion of fresh capital is set to pour into a very specific corner of the financial markets.

    A corner most people aren’t even looking at right now.

    And while I can’t reveal the exact details here, I can tell you this: The handful of Americans who are positioned in the right investment vehicles ahead of October 21 could see returns that rival the biggest booms in history.

    10x in a year. 30x in three years. Even 100x by the end of the decade.

    That’s what’s at stake…

    A Moment Worthy of Yorktown

    Here’s why I’m calling this Project Yorktown.

    Just as the Battle of Yorktown in 1781 ended the Revolutionary War and secured America’s political independence from Britain, President Trump’s financial plan is set to secure America’s economic independence from foreign rivals.

    October 21 will be remembered as the day the dollar reasserted its dominance… the day America declared itself untouchable on the world stage… and the day ordinary citizens had the chance to transform their financial futures.

    And it all begins with four pages of paper.

    But on October 6, at 1 p.m. Eastern, I’m hosting President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit in order to share why and how this project is being activated on October 21… and more details on the sector of the economy that stands to benefit the most.

    You’ll have the chance to see it coming before anyone else. Plus, I’ll share a free pick poised to double in the next 12 months… name, ticker, and analysis included!

    Secure your spot automatically by going here.

    Don’t miss it.

    Sincerely,

    Luke Lango's signature

    Luke Lango

    Editor, Hypergrowth Investing

    The post Could This 4-Page Document Save the Dollar? appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[The One Thing Republicans and Democrats Can Agree On]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/the-one-thing-republicans-and-democrats-can-agree-on/ Even bitter rivals in Congress agree this one financial reset is too big to ignore n/a us-capitol-bipartisan-blueprint The U.S. Capitol building, one side red and one side blue, overlaid with a blueprint showing gears and measurements to represent bipartisan support for an overhaul to U.S. finance; Project Yorktown ipmlc-3308899 Fri, 03 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 The One Thing Republicans and Democrats Can Agree On Luke Lango Fri, 03 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 Our representatives in Washington can’t agree on the color of the sky.

    Red states and blue states seem to live in entirely different universes. Republicans and Democrats argue over everything from healthcare to the weather. 

    But recently, the divide feels wider than ever.

    So, when 102 House Democrats broke ranks earlier this year and publicly supported President Donald Trump’s “Project Yorktown” (more about that in a minute), it sent shockwaves through the Capitol.

    Think about that for a moment.

    In an age when politicians would rather fall on their sword than give credit to the other side, more than 100 Democrats decided this plan was too big, too important, and too urgent to oppose.

    Because Project Yorktown isn’t just politics. It isn’t about left versus right. It’s about America’s future.

    And it’s about to go live on October 21.

    That’s less than a month away. 

    So, in today’s essay:

    • I’m going to explain why more than 100 Democrats broke ranks to back Trump’s plan…
    • Show you how this little-known plan could end America’s debt crisis…
    • And reveal why early investors could capture generational wealth as this reset takes effect.

    Let’s take a look…

    Bipartisan Economic Reform: A Rare Moment of Unity

    Bipartisan support is rare. But it does happen in moments of national crisis when both sides recognize the stakes are higher than party loyalty.

    Recall…

    • World War II Mobilization: In the face of fascism, Democrats and Republicans set aside differences to mobilize the nation – drafting soldiers, ramping up industry, and uniting behind a common mission to defeat Nazi Germany and its allies.
    • The Space Race: Cold War rivalry pushed both parties to invest heavily in science, technology, and education, culminating in the Apollo moon landing; a shared triumph that transcended politics.
    • The Cold War Consensus: From Truman to Reagan, leaders across the political spectrum agreed on the need for strong defense, strategic alliances, and containment policies to counter Soviet influence and protect global democracy.

    Now we can add Project Yorktown to the list.

    Because the truth is that America faces a different kind of enemy today. Not a military one – but a financial one.

    How This Plan Aims to End America’s Debt Crisis

    Foreign rivals have spent years amassing dangerous leverage over the United States by buying trillions of dollars of our debt. Nations like China and Japan have accumulated trillions in U.S. Treasury securities. 

    While this has kept interest rates lower and fueled American spending power, it also creates a strategic vulnerability: If these governments were to suddenly reduce their holdings or shift their investments, they could rattle financial markets, drive up borrowing costs, and weaken America’s economic stability. 

    In times of geopolitical tension, that financial leverage becomes a quiet but powerful weapon. President Trump calls it “financial blackmail.”

    And lawmakers on both sides of the aisle know it has to stop.

    That’s why, in a major show of bipartisan support, 102 House Democrats voted in favor of Trump’s Project Yorktown blueprint. They saw what was in those pages. They understood the consequences of inaction. 

    What convinced so many Democrats to back Trump’s plan?

    Three simple realities:

  • The debt crisis is unsustainable. America’s national debt is now over $34 trillion and climbing. Interest payments alone are ballooning. If nothing changes, the government could soon be spending more on debt interest than on defense, healthcare, or Social Security.
  • Foreign leverage is dangerous. China, Japan, and other rivals hold vast amounts of U.S. Treasuries. At any moment, they could threaten to sell – destabilizing our economy and crippling our ability to respond. Both parties understand this is a national security risk.
  • Project Yorktown offers a way out. As outlined in a four-page document signed back in 2020, the project that finally takes effect on October 21 outlines a radical financial framework that ends foreign “financial blackmail,” injects trillions into our system, and restores true economic independence.
  • Historic Bipartisanship Is Ushering In a New Era of Prosperity

    Faced with that choice – gridlock or independence – more than 100 Democrats sided with America.

    Yet, the mainstream press barely noticed.

    But make no mistake: What happened was historic.

    Imagine being in the House chamber that day.

    Lifelong partisan rivals setting down their swords. Lawmakers who have spent years attacking President Trump deciding, for once, that the plan on the table was too powerful to deny.

    And remember – we’re not talking about a symbolic gesture. These weren’t a handful of centrist outliers. This was a triple-digit bloc of Democrats standing behind a Republican president’s financial blueprint.

    That kind of unity doesn’t happen unless something seismic is at stake.

    And according to insiders, it is.

    Because once Project Yorktown goes live on October 21, the United States could enter a new era:

    • Debt-free prosperity.
    • Dollar dominance secured for a century.
    • $4 trillion flowing into a critical sector of the market.

    And Americans who see it coming early have the opportunity to build generational wealth.

    Here’s why this bipartisan moment matters for you…

    What America’s Economic Reset Means for Investors

    When Washington unites, the results are massive.

    The G.I. Bill created the largest middle-class population in history. The Interstate Highway System transformed American commerce. The Space Race unleashed decades of technological innovation.

    Project Yorktown could be bigger than all of those combined.

    Because this time, it’s not about building roads or rockets. It’s about rebuilding the financial foundation of America itself.

    When the $4 trillion injection begins to flow, it won’t just secure the government’s books. It will move through the financial system, touching markets, businesses, and – yes – everyday investors.

    The lawmakers who crossed the aisle know this. They didn’t sign on for the politics. They signed on for the prosperity.

    But here’s the catch.

    Like every great transformation in history, the biggest gains will go to those who are positioned before the floodgates open.

    • The oil barons of Texas struck it rich because they owned the land before the boom.
    • Early tech investors in the 1990s turned tiny stakes into fortunes because they saw the Internet Revolution coming before it hit Wall Street.
    • And now, Americans who prepare before October 21 could see a once-in-a-lifetime wealth window open in front of them.

    How much wealth? Some estimates suggest 10x in the next 12 months, 30x in the next three years, and even 100x by 2030 for those who understand where the money is going.

    That’s why this bipartisan vote matters. It’s proof that even Washington – divided as it is – sees the writing on the wall.

    And it’s why you can’t afford to wait until the headlines catch up.

    Unity Signals a Trillion-Dollar Financial Reset

    In today’s world, it’s easy to be cynical. Easy to believe nothing in Washington gets done.

    But sometimes, unity itself is the signal.

    When more than 100 House Democrats link arms with a Republican president… when bitter rivals stand on the same side… you know something extraordinary is about to happen.

    Just as the Battle of Yorktown, in 1781, secured America’s freedom from Britain, Project Yorktown, on October 21, could secure America’s financial independence for the next century.

    But for everyday Americans, the moment to act isn’t October 21.

    It’s October 6.

    That’s the day I’m hosting a groundbreaking broadcast called President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit. At that event, I’ll reveal the sector of the market set to receive the first wave of this $4 trillion reset – and give away a free stock pick poised to double within 12 months. (You can reserve your spot for that event here.)

    Because when 102 House Democrats put politics aside… it’s time for you to pay attention.

    Sign up for our Project Yorktown Summit now.

    P.S. Want the full story on where AI, quantum, and even stablecoins are headed next? Don’t miss this week’s episode of Being Exponential with Luke Lango, where we break down the OpenAI–Nvidia deal, the White House’s AI spending spree, and the signals that could tip tech markets over the next 12 months. Listen here now.

    The post The One Thing Republicans and Democrats Can Agree On appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Why This ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Will Keep Climbing]]> /2025/10/why-this-market-will-keep-climbing/ n/a stocks to buy1600 (1) Stock market or forex trading graph and candlestick chart suitable for financial investment concept. Economy trends background for business idea and all art work design. Stocks to buy ipmlc-3309094 Thu, 02 Oct 2025 17:46:45 -0400 Why This ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Will Keep Climbing Jeff Remsburg Thu, 02 Oct 2025 17:46:45 -0400 More bad numbers in the labor market… there will be a stock crash eventually… the dance between momentum and valuations… Luke Lango’s subscribers are nearing 500% gains… a massive American “financial reset”

    The government shutdown is delaying economic reports we’d usually highlight.

    This morning, the Labor Department was scheduled to release initial jobless claims. Tomorrow would have brought the big jobs report – the nonfarm payrolls count from the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

    As I write, we will see neither, as our politicians perform their tired, partisan dance in this government shutdown.

    We can, however, highlight a relatively new set of data indicators compiled by the Chicago Federal Reserve, out this morning. These indicators combine real-time private sector data with official labor statistics.

    Here’s CNBC:

    Unemployment changed little in September while layoff and hiring rates both slowed…

    The jobless level was little changed at 4.34%. That represented little change from August, though was just 0.01 percentage point away from moving up to 4.4%, the highest level since October 2021.

    Meanwhile, the latest Challenger, Gray & Christmas report, also out this morning, finds growing labor market weakness:

    In the third quarter, planned layoffs by U.S. employers totaled 202,118, the highest Q3 total since 2020…

    So far this year, companies have announced 946,426 job cuts, the highest YTD since 2020…

    It is up 55% from the 609,242 job cuts announced through the first three quarters of last year and is up 24% from the 2024 full year total of 761,358.

    The 2025 year-to-date total is the fifth highest in the 36 years Challenger has reported.

    Here’s Andy Challenger, Senior Vice President and labor expert for Challenger, Gray & Christmas:

    Right now, we’re dealing with a stagnating labor market, cost increases, and a transformative new technology.

    With rate cuts on the way, we may see some stabilizing in the job market in the fourth quarter, but other factors could keep employers planning layoffs or holding off hiring

    Against this backdrop, the S&P touched a fresh all-time high this morning.

    Remember – no party lasts forever…

    Our technology expert Luke Lango just reminded his readers of this.

    From his Daily Notes in Innovation Investor:

    No stock market boom endures forever.

    The warning signs are there, especially when you look at valuations.

    Across a composite of metrics – price-to-earnings, price-to-sales, price-to-book, etc. – the U.S. stock market is currently trading at its most expensive valuation in history, surpassing the Dot Com Bubble and the run-up to the Great Depression.

    Chart from Luke Lango showing that across a composite of metrics – price-to-earnings, price-to-sales, price-to-book, etc. – the U.S. stock market is currently trading at its most expensive valuation in history, surpassing the Dot Com Bubble and the run-up to the Great Depression.Source: Bloomberg / Luke Lango

    This doesn’t mean a crash is imminent.

    But it does mean it is inevitable over time.

    Now, let’s be clear: Luke remains bullish in the near term.

    Record investments in AI infrastructure and surging momentum are likely to drive markets higher for the next 12 months.

    And while skepticism from bears is understandable, I want to key in on “momentum” to prevent any naysayers from stepping in front of a potential steamroller…

    Momentum, valuation, and what drives stock prices…

    It’s tempting to look at nosebleed valuations, call the market irrational, and go bearish.

    But doing so would mean ignoring Keynes’ timeless market truth: “The market can remain irrational longer than you can remain solvent.”

    In the long run, earnings and fundamentals do win out – they’re the anchors that prices eventually return to. But in the short- and medium-term, momentum outweighs valuation.

    Academic research has dug into this and there’s a large body of evidence to support this conclusion: Momentum overpowers valuation in the nearer term, even when fundamentals seem extreme.

    For one illustration, market veteran Cliff Asness, founder and managing principal at AQR Capital Management, authored a research study that dove into market timing, valuation, and momentum.

    One of the takeaways was that over 5-to-10-year horizons, valuation is the dominant driver of market performance. But in monthly or quarterly time frames, momentum often leads the way.

    From the piece:

    We nearly always find better historical results from momentum than contrarian timing…

    The evidence challenges the idea that valuation signals alone can be used to time markets or inform asset allocation decisions. When others seem greedy, they may still get greedier for many years to come…

    Momentum investing may feel too much like jumping on a bandwagon… But our results suggest that even a small dose of momentum, whether applied explicitly or just by rebalancing less frequently or smoothing valuation signals, may improve market timing decisions.

    The graphic below from Morgan Stanley illustrates the shift. It shows us the key drivers of stock performance over various lengths of time.

    The column on the left shows us the drivers over one year. “Multiple” (which means “investor sentiment” – which is what drives momentum) is in red; it’s the dominant influence at 46%.

    Revenue growth (the basis for “earnings”) is in blue; it accounts for just 29% of stock-price performance.

    But see how this flips the further out you go (the columns to the right).

    Chart showing how in one year, sentiment is the primary driver of a stock price, but the farther out you go, the more it's about fundamental strength (revenue growth)Source: Morgan Stanley / The Future Investors

    After 10 years, “multiple” (meaning sentiment/momentum) drives just 5% of stock performance.

    Bottom line: In the short term, fighting momentum is like trying to swim upstream. So, rather than worry about nosebleed multiples, investors are better served by tracking buying pressure, watching volume, and closely monitoring the technical signals.

    While momentum is strong, don’t fight it – ride it.

    This is Luke’s approach in his trading service Breakout Trader. And recent weeks have brought a great illustration of the power of momentum.

    “Let’s tweak our plan”

    Breakout Trader subscribers hold Kratos Defense & Security Solutions (KTOS), one of the hottest stocks in today’s market.

    About a month ago, Luke analyzed KTOS to identify where it might top out based on the “stage analysis” framework that underpins Breakout Trader. He had told his investors that they would be selling when the stock hit that highwater mark.

    But upon achieving the milestone in mid-August, Luke changed his mind:

    Let’s tweak our plan…

    Why cut our gains prematurely in the middle of bullish momentum? We have no idea how far this run will take us.

    So, rather than sell at $70, let’s just keep riding the move till exhaustion.

    When the buying pressure runs out, that’s when we’ll sell our final tranche of KTOS. But until then, let’s follow the trading truism that’s gotten us this far…

    Let your winners run.

    With this in mind, let’s fast-forward to Tuesday’s Breakout Trader Weekly Issue:

    This is why we didn’t sell at $70…

    Since last Tuesday, KTOS jumped another 9%, closing yesterday at $88.08.

    But because of how long we’ve been in this trade – and the relatively low price at which we bought in – that 9% climb meant our trade jumped from last week’s total return of 410% to yesterday’s close of 451%.

    Since that issue, KTOS is up another 6%, putting the official KTOS return at 482% as I write Thursday.

    A huge “congratulations” to Luke and all the Breakout Trader subscribers on this monster performance – and the wise call to ride the tide.

    Circling back to today’s overall market conditions, yes, valuations are high – but equally yes, momentum is bullish – at least in AI.

    If you’re cautious, you don’t have to jump into this current, but if you’re in the water already, please don’t try to swim against it.

    As for us, we’re aware of today’s nosebleed valuations – and concerned – but for now, momentum is the name of the game.

    The four pages that could change everything

    Let’s switch gears to an event Luke believes would reshape America’s financial future.

    Some of America’s greatest turning points started with just a few sheets of paper. The Declaration of Independence was barely 1,500 words. The GI Bill fit into a few hundred lines of legislation.

    Today, Luke believes that another slim document – just four pages long – could soon join that list.

    Signed in the closing weeks of President Trump’s first term, this plan is set to go live on October 21. Luke calls it Project Yorktown, because just as the Battle of Yorktown secured America’s political independence, he believes this document is designed to secure America’s financial independence from foreign creditors once and for all.

    From Luke:

    On October 21, Trump’s four-page document stops being just ink on paper.

    It becomes reality.

    I believe it could be a financial reset on par with the greatest economic turning points in U.S. history.

    Luke argues this reset could redirect $4 trillion into an overlooked corner of the markets and create a once-in-a-generation chance for investors.

    To explain what’s happening and dig into the opportunity, Luke is hosting a free broadcast: President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit this Monday, October 6 at 1 p.m. Eastern. (Click here to get automatically signed up.)

    Here’s Luke with more:

    I’m hosting this event to share why and how this project is being activated on October 21… and more details on the sector of the economy that stands to benefit the most.

    You’ll have the chance to see it coming before anyone else.

    Plus, I’ll share a free pick poised to double in the next 12 months… name, ticker, and analysis included!

    Whether or not you agree with Luke’s thesis, this is a story worth tracking. After all, when the financial system shifts, fortunes can be made faster than most investors can react. You can instantly register to attend right here.

    We’ll keep you updated on all these stories here in the Digest.

    Have a good evening,

    Jeff Remsburg

    The post Why This ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Will Keep Climbing appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Data Centers Are Booming, But It’s Just the Beginning]]> /market360/2025/10/data-centers-are-booming-but-its-just-the-beginning/ Why data centers are scaling faster than ever – and what it means for investors… n/a ai-data-center-servers A modern data center with lit servers, the word 'AI' on the back wall, to represent the buildout of AI infrastructure in the U.S., AI stocks and profits ipmlc-3308992 Thu, 02 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Data Centers Are Booming, But It’s Just the Beginning Louis Navellier Thu, 02 Oct 2025 16:30:00 -0400 Amid all the buzz about artificial intelligence (like today’s news that OpenAI hit a $500 billion valuation), one critical piece of the puzzle stands above the rest: data centers.

    Data centers are physical buildings that contain IT infrastructure where data is stored, managed and analyzed. They power AI, making them the cornerstone of the entire AI Revolution.

    Currently, there are more than 5,000 data centers in the U.S., but the reality is for the AI Revolution to continue, we need a whole lot more of them.

    So, in today’s ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ 360, I’ll explain why and also reveal the company that benefits the most from the buildout of data centers. Plus, I’ll share where the real money will be made. (Hint: It comes after the data center boom and could trigger a $20 trillion economic wave.)

    Why We Need Data Centers

    Believe it or not, data centers have actually been around since the 1940s, with facilities housing massive computing machines. In fact, here’s a picture of NASA’s mission control computer room with dual IBM 7090s, taken in 1962.

    As computers became smaller and more efficient, these rooms were known as “servers.” But with the onset of cloud computing in the early 2000s, businesses no longer needed to physically house their IT resources on site. As a result, the first server rooms evolved to today’s data centers.

    However, most of them are not equipped with nearly enough processing power to deal with the speed and sheer volume of data needed to train the latest AI models. They need to be at least six times more powerful… which requires a whole different set of chips, servers and other equipment.

    For example, AI data centers require specialized cooling units due to the heat generated by the servers; however, it’s not possible to retrofit these pre-AI data centers to handle the increased load.

    That’s where the “hyperscale data” center comes in.

    According to International Business Machines Corp. (IBM), a hyperscale data center is a massive data center that provides extreme scalability capabilities and is engineered for large-scale workloads with an optimized network infrastructure, streamlined network connectivity and minimized latency.

    Why Scale Matters Now

    To keep up with the accelerating demand for AI, machine learning, and cloud computing, massive data centers spanning hundreds of thousands of square feet to hundreds of acres are being constructed worldwide.

    Demand is skyrocketing. According to McKinsey & Company, global demand for data center capacity is anticipated to grow between 19% and 22% annually between 2023 and 2030.

    To put that in dollar terms, they project that companies will invest almost $7 trillion in data center infrastructure globally.

    That kind of growth doesn’t happen in “normal” industries. It’s a once-in-a-generation buildout – and the companies supplying the backbone of this revolution stand to make fortunes.

    The Company Cashing In on the Data Center Boom

    No other company is cashing in more from the data center boom than NVIDIA Corporation (NVDA).

    Over just the past two weeks, the company has announced two major investments in the data center buildout: one with Intel Corporation (INTC) and one with OpenAI.

    First, NVIDIA plans to invest $5 billion into Intel to develop PC and data center chips.  Together, the two companies will custom design and manufacture “multiple generations” of custom chips, as well as focus on “seamlessly connecting NVIDIA and Intel architectures” using interconnect technology, NVLink.

    NVLink allows several graphics processing units to connect to each other or to central processing units for fast and efficient communication between chips in data centers. The NVLink interconnect also helps to boost scaling to handle intense AI and high-performance computing workloads.

    NVIDIA CEO Jensen Huang commented, “This historic collaboration tightly couples NVIDIA’s AI and accelerated computing stack with Intel’s CPUs and the vast x86 ecosystem – a fusion of two world-class platforms.”

    Then, on September 22, NVIDIA revealed its plans to invest up to $100 billion in OpenAI. The company expects the partnership will enable OpenAI to deploy “at least 10 gigawatts” of compute capacity from NVIDIA’s AI systems to train and run OpenAI’s next-generation AI models.

    Huang noted that 10 gigawatts equates to between four million and five million graphics processing units (GPUs). To put this into perspective, NVIDIA will ship between four million and five million GPUs this year. So, as Huang stated, “This is a giant project.”

    Beyond NVIDIA’s direct investments, we’re now seeing the broader tech sector making similar moves to secure GPU access…

    Last month, Microsoft Corporation (MSFT) committed $17.4 billion to Nebius – a fast-growing AI “neocloud” provider.

    These neocloud providers lease out AI computing power, providing access to high-performance GPUs optimized specifically for AI workloads.

    Nebius isn’t the only GPU-as-a-Service (GPUaaS) company Microsoft has inked deals with, either. All told, it’s committed more than $33 billion to neocloud providers.

    While NVIDIA isn’t directly a party to this deal, Microsoft will gain access to more than 100,000 of NVIDIA’s latest GB300 chips.

    So, simply put, whether it’s Intel, OpenAI or Microsoft, tech companies are racing to secure NVIDIA’s technology – and the scale is unlike anything we’ve seen before.

    What Comes Next

    However, the next phase of AI isn’t about data centers; it’s “Physical AI” – robotics, automation and infrastructure powered by new AI breakthroughs – that will scale across every industry. Analysts estimate this shift could ignite a $20 trillion economic wave, reshaping logistics, retail, agriculture, manufacturing and more.

     My InvestorPlace colleagues Eric Fry, Luke Lango and I call it AI Day Zero. We believe the profit potential here is massive, and we don’t want investors to miss out. So, we decided to team up and create a brand-new portfolio to take advantage of it: The Day Zero Portfolio – seven carefully chosen stocks we believe are best positioned to power and profit from this once-in-a-generation transformation.

    If you want to be on the right side of this historic moment, I encourage you to watch our urgent AI Day Zero broadcast here.

    Sincerely,

    An image of a cursive signature in black text.

    Louis Navellier

    Editor, ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ 360

    The Editor hereby discloses that as of the date of this email, the Editor, directly or indirectly, owns the following securities that are the subject of the commentary, analysis, opinions, advice, or recommendations in, or which are otherwise mentioned in, the essay set forth below:

    International Business Machines Corp. (IBM) and NVIDIA Corporation (NVDA)

    The post Data Centers Are Booming, But It’s Just the Beginning appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Shutdown-Proof Stocks to Watch – and Where to Find More Like Them]]> /smartmoney/2025/10/shutdown-proof-stocks-where-find-more/ How to invest in a “stock-picker’s marketâ€â€¦ n/a government shutdown1600 (1) Retro alarm Clock with Government Shutdown text,and American Flag. USA shutdown, government closed and American federal shut down due to spending bill disagreement. Stock market crash ipmlc-3308929 Thu, 02 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Shutdown-Proof Stocks to Watch – and Where to Find More Like Them Eric Fry Thu, 02 Oct 2025 13:00:00 -0400 Hello, Reader.

    Washington has certainly thrown us a few curveballs this year, and this week brought another.

    Congress failed to reach an agreement on keeping government services running, and as a result, the federal government officially shut down at 12:01 a.m. Wednesday.

    So, we’re now in shutdown Day 2.

    These are strange and unpredictable times. We’ve never had an administration quite like the one we have today, making this shutdown feel different… with more uncertainty than before. Mass firings at the federal level are expected this week, adding fuel to the volatile fire.

    But it is important to note that most shutdowns are short-lived and do not significantly harm markets. Even the longest one, under President Donald Trump in 2018, didn’t stop the S&P 500 from gaining 10% over that 35-day period.

    So, in short, I advise investors to “keep calm and carry on.” There is a high chance that this shutdown turns out to be nothing more than a nonevent, just like the ones before it.

    That said, I do think stock market gains will be much harder to achieve over the next few months. Not because of a market crash, but simply because markets are sitting at near record highs, and the leading stocks are even more richly priced than the overall market.

    Additionally, CNN reported last week that U.S. stock ownership is at a record high – 45% of households. That means if there is a pullback, it’ll be widely felt.

    So, to use an overused phrase, we’ve entered a “stock-picker’s market.”

    That means focusing on specific stocks with attractive growth characteristics, rather than relying on one or a few broad trends.

    But what stocks should you pick?

    In today’s Smart Money, I’ll share where you should – and should not – be looking in this jungle of a market.

    These are the kinds of stocks I believe will thrive despite a government shutdown… and keep thriving once we get past it.

    High Valuations, Low Prospects

    Let’s start with where not to look. I recommend steering clear of overvalued companies.

    Simply put, valuation matters when narrowing down stock picks.

    The fact is that stock valuations in the U.S. today are close to record highs, which means their wealth-building potential is close to record lows, all else being equal.

    In many ways, today’s market resembles the high-flying stock market of the dot-com bubble 25 years ago. As internet stocks rocketed toward all-time highs, the signs of “irrational exuberance” lined up like billboards along Route 66.

    Many money-losing dot-com companies were so sure of their “inevitable” success that they spent millions of dollars to buy Super Bowl commercials and/or name professional sports stadiums after themselves.

    Nineteen dot-com companies paid more than $2 million for 30 seconds of time during 2000’s Super Bowl XXXIV. Nearly half of those 19 companies had ceased to exist two years later.

    In today’s market, the “Magnificent Seven” tech stocks are trading for 50 times earnings, on average.

    Yes, these are spectacular, industry-leading companies. But because they are selling for spectacularly high valuations, they may struggle to “grow into” those valuations.

    But outstanding investment opportunities remain, even in the midst of a richly priced stock market. The key is to look for opportunities where the crowd is not.

    For instance, when tech stocks are flying high, many non-tech stocks are usually flying low. Often, you will find these stocks in out-of-favor industries – and foreign markets.

    This brings me to where you should look…

    Looking Beyond the U.S.

    I have long advocated for investors diversifying their portfolios with foreign stocks, especially during times of high valuation.

    For instance, I made a series of what I called “Franco-American” trades during the dot-com bubble. Basically, “Sell America… Buy France.” 

    And I found great success…

    I recommended selling the iconically American Coca-Cola Co. (KO) and buying Danone Group (BN.PA), a French global food and beverage company. Over 10 years, Coca-Cola fell 5%, while Danone jumped 322%.

    I also recommended selling Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. (HLT) and buying Bains de Mer Monaco (BMRMF), a French resort company. After nine years, Hilton was up just 26%, while Bains de Mer soared 866%.

    In a third example, I recommended selling Citigroup Inc. (C), the United States’ third-largest bank, and buying Banque Nationale de Paris, a major French bank that, after a series of mergers, is now known as BNP Paribas SA (BNP.PA).

    Although it may sound unbelievable, investors who bought Citigroup in 1996 and held have not made a single dime on their money in three decades. On the other hand, BNP has delivered a whopping 1,355% gain.

    In these three Francophile recommendations, $10,000 into my three sell recommendations would have landed you a disappointing $32,300. While that same amount of capital in the three buy recommendations would have had you sitting on a six-figure sum of $229,600.

    That is the potential power of foreign stock markets.

    While the current government shutdown may not have a significant long-term impact on the markets, it is still an opportune time to look beyond the U.S.

    Foreign stocks deserve a place in our portfolios at all times, but especially those rife with domestic uncertainty.

    And I’ve had my eye on a South Korean company that the smart money is already moving into…

    The Foreign Stock to Watch

    This e-commerce retailer has been growing rapidly over the last several years, as it has expanded its dominance and improved its profitability. It already generates over $30 billion in annual revenue.

    One aspect I like about this company is that it uses acquisitions and targeted investments in foreign markets to increase its market share.

    For example, last year it acquired a London-based e-retailer of luxury clothing and beauty products that sells primarily to customers in the United States and Europe. Plus, this company is making a big push into the Taiwan e-commerce market and has plans to expand into other East Asian markets.

    The company has also impressed on the revenue front, reporting a 16.4% year-over-year increase in its latest quarterly earnings release.

    As this South Korea-based company expands its empire and its earnings continue ramping higher, I expect its share price to post solid market-beating gains for many years. Projections are showing that it could become 700% more profitable by 2027.

    In fact, I reveal the name of this foreign play in a free special broadcast.

    I also share six more free trade ideas, both for current buys and sells.

    My “buy now” list contains under-the-radar, early opportunities with compelling valuations – stocks poised to soar in today’s stock-picker’s market.

    On the other hand, my “drop immediately” list is full of companies with significant headwinds that could drag down your portfolio.

    Click here to watch the replay now.

    Regards,

    Eric Fry

    P.S. Meanwhile, my colleague Luke Lango isn’t letting the government shutdown slow him down…

    In fact, Luke and the entire InvestorPlace team are working furiously to finish up a big event we have planned for this coming Monday, October 6. Luke has uncovered an ambitious master plan coming out of Washington that’s set to inject $4 trillion into a tiny sector of the market starting October 21.

    And at his free private summit, at 1 p.m. Eastern on Monday, October 6, he’s going to tell us more about seven investment vehicles that could soar as these trillions flow into the economy. Plus, Luke is going to reveal the name and ticker symbol of one of them, for free, during that broadcast.

    Reserve your spot for Luke’s event by going here.

    The post Shutdown-Proof Stocks to Watch – and Where to Find More Like Them appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[October 21 Could Mark the Biggest Shift in U.S. Finance in 50 Years]]> /hypergrowthinvesting/2025/10/october-21-could-mark-the-biggest-shift-in-u-s-finance-in-50-years/ A 4-page classified plan is about to go live – with life-changing consequences for ordinary investors n/a us-financial-reset-growth An image of large stacks of coins, a rising graph with arrows, overlaid by the U.S. flag to represent America's financial reset, U.S. finance, Project Yorktown ipmlc-3308725 Thu, 02 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 October 21 Could Mark the Biggest Shift in U.S. Finance in 50 Years Luke Lango Thu, 02 Oct 2025 08:55:00 -0400 Just about every great turning point in American history begins with paper. 

    The Declaration of Independence. Just 1,458 words that lit the spark of liberty. 

    The Emancipation Proclamation. Barely two pages long – yet it redefined freedom forever. 

    The G.I. Bill. A few hundred lines of legislation that built America’s middle class after World War II. 

    And now… a four-page classified document… signed in the final weeks of President Donald Trump’s first term is about to join that list. 

    Almost nobody knows it exists – let alone what’s inside. But when this little-known blueprint is finally activated on October 21, what I call “Project Yorktown” could unleash the most radical financial reset of the last 50 years. 

    I don’t use those words lightly. 

    This plan has the potential to: 

    • Inject $4 trillion of capital into a single corner of the markets… 
    • Erase America’s debt crisis in one bold move… 
    • And guarantee the U.S. dollar’s dominance for the next 100 years. 

    Here’s the best part. Ordinary Americans – people who know where to look and position themselves beforehand – could stand to benefit in a transformative way. 

    That’s why on Monday, October 6, at 1 p.m. Eastern, I’m hosting a groundbreaking broadcast called President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit. At that free event, I’ll reveal the sector of the market set to receive the first wave of this $4 trillion reset – and give away a free stock pick poised to double within 12 months. (You can reserve your spot for that event early here.) 

    But before that broadcast, I want to get you ready. 

    So, in this essay, I want to explain the origins of this secret four-page plan…  

    Show why its October 21 activation could mark the biggest financial reset in 50 years…  

    And outline what history teaches us about how past resets have created life-changing opportunities for early movers. 

    Because history is about to turn the page…

    The Secret Four-Page Plan That Could Reshape America’s Financial Future 

    The story begins in late 2020. 

    Behind closed doors in Washington, three of the most powerful financial figures in America gathered with President Trump. 

    • The Treasury Secretary. 
    • The Chairman of the SEC. 
    • The head of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. 

    Together, they quietly signed off on a four-page financial plan unlike anything America had ever attempted before. 

    The goal? To permanently free America from the grip of foreign creditors, restore true sovereignty to our financial system, and launch a new era of prosperity for everyday citizens. 

    But there was a problem. 

    Just weeks later, the White House changed hands. The new administration had no interest in implementing Trump’s blueprint. The four pages were shelved, collecting dust as America sank deeper into debt and division. 

    That could have been the end of the story. 

    But that wasn’t the end. 

    The American people returned Donald Trump to the White House. And in the early days of his second term, he has quietly revived this forgotten plan.  

    He has rallied bipartisan support – even from 102 House Democrats who put politics aside to back his vision. And he is preparing to do what no president in history has dared: launch a financial revolution strong enough to break America’s chains of debt. 

    The Reset That’s Just Weeks Away

    Now, after years of waiting, the activation date has finally arrived: October 21, 2025. 

    On that date, Trump’s four-page document stops being just ink on paper. 

    It becomes reality. 

    I believe it could be a financial reset on par with the greatest economic turning points in U.S. history: 

    • The early-1900s Texas oil boom, which minted millionaires almost overnight. 
    • The late 20th century tech revolution, which turned garage startups into global titans. 
    • Even the adoption of the gold standard in 1879, which triggered the most prosperous century our country has ever seen. 

    Each of these moments reshaped America’s destiny. But insiders say Project Yorktown could be even bigger. 

    Because unlike past revolutions, this one isn’t about a single resource or industry. It’s about reengineering the very foundation of how America funds itself, pays its bills, and defends its global leadership. 

    In short: it’s about making America invincible. 

    Ending America’s Era of Debt Dependence

    For decades, rivals like China and Japan have held America hostage with what President Trump calls “financial blackmail.” 

    They’ve bought up trillions of dollars of our government debt – giving them dangerous leverage over U.S. policy. 

    If they ever decided to dump those holdings, the consequences could be catastrophic: soaring interest rates, a crashing stock market, a dollar in freefall. 

    It’s why Congress has backed off from tough trade legislation. It’s why tariffs were delayed and why America’s leaders have often been forced to “think twice” before upsetting our creditors. 

    That’s not true sovereignty. That’s dependency. 

    President Trump’s Project Yorktown is designed to end it once and for all.  

    And the four-page document Trump signed back in 2020 lays out a radical new framework that removes America’s reliance on foreign creditors entirely. (The history buffs reading this are likely now realizing why I’m calling this “Project Yorktown.”) 

    For the first time in modern history, we can tell China: Sell it all – it won’t matter. 

    And instead of plunging into chaos, America could actually become stronger. 

    The $4 Trillion ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ Shift Poised to Reshape Wealth

    Whenever Washington engineers a reset this massive, money doesn’t just “disappear.” 

    It moves. 

    And those who know where it’s moving – and position themselves in advance – often see fortunes made. 

    Think of the families who owned oil-rich land in Texas before the rigs struck black gold. 

    Or the early adopters who loaded up on stock in tiny tech firms in the 1990s before they became household names. 

    That’s the kind of opportunity Project Yorktown could unleash. (And why you should reserve your spot for my free broadcast now.) 

    Because as this plan goes live, $4 trillion of fresh capital is set to pour into a very specific corner of the financial markets. 

    A corner most people aren’t even looking at right now. 

    And while I can’t reveal the exact details here, I can tell you this: The handful of Americans who are positioned in the right investment vehicles ahead of October 21 could see returns that rival the biggest booms in history. 

    10x in a year. 30x in three years. Even 100x by the end of the decade. 

    That’s what’s at stake… 

    Why October 21 May Mark a New Era for the U.S. Dollar 

    Here’s why I’m calling this Project Yorktown. 

    Just as the Battle of Yorktown in 1781 ended the Revolutionary War and secured America’s political independence from Britain, President Trump’s financial plan is set to secure America’s economic independence from foreign rivals. 

    October 21 will be remembered as the day the dollar reasserted its dominance… the day America declared itself untouchable on the world stage… and the day ordinary citizens had the chance to transform their financial futures. 

    And it all begins with four pages of paper. 

    But on October 6, at 1 p.m. Eastern, I’m hosting President Trump’s “Project Yorktown” Summit in order to share why and how this project is being activated on October 21… and more details on the sector of the economy that stands to benefit the most. 

    You’ll have the chance to see it coming before anyone else. Plus, I’ll share a free pick poised to double in the next 12 months… name, ticker, and analysis included!  

    Secure your spot by going here.

    The post October 21 Could Mark the Biggest Shift in U.S. Finance in 50 Years appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[From Washington’s Wallet to Wall Street Wins: Why KRMN Could Be the Next Triple-Digit Trade]]> /dailylive/2025/10/from-washingtons-wallet-to-wall-street-wins-why-krmn-could-be-the-next-triple-digit-trade/ When Washington Writes Checks, We Want to Cash In n/a stock act1600 Front view, Capitol dome building at night, Washington DC, USA. Illuminated Home of Congress and Capitol Hill. Forex graph hologram. The concept of internet trading, brokerage and fundamental analysis. STOCK Act ipmlc-3304462 Thu, 02 Oct 2025 07:49:33 -0400 From Washington’s Wallet to Wall Street Wins: Why KRMN Could Be the Next Triple-Digit Trade KRMN,KTOS,LMT,LYFT,MP,NOC,QXO Jonathan Rose Thu, 02 Oct 2025 07:49:33 -0400 There’s an old Wall Street saying: “Don’t fight the Fed.”

    What it means is simple. When the Federal Reserve is cutting rates and flooding the system with liquidity, you want to be long. When they’re hiking rates and tightening, you don’t want to be the one standing in front of that freight train. The Fed is too big of a player — they tilt the entire game board.

    But in 2025, it hasn’t just been the Fed moving markets. Other government bodies have been throwing throwing their weight around in big ways — through legislation, contracts, investments and policy shifts that have re-priced entire sectors almost overnight.

    And if this year has taught us anything, it’s that taking aim on these federally-fueled catalysts and position alongside them can be incredibly lucrative.

    What has separated us at Masters in Trading is that we’ve learned to spot these moves coming before they hit the front page of Barron’s, CNBC, or Bloomberg.

    And if you’ve been trading alongside us this year, you’ve seen how powerful that can be.

    MP Materials — When the Pentagon Put a Miner on the Map

    Rare earth minerals normally don’t make for flashy headlines, but they’re the backbone of modern technology. Without them you can’t build electric vehicle batteries, you can’t produce the magnets that run wind turbines, and you certainly can’t keep the chip supply chain humming.

    The problem is that for decades the United States has been almost entirely dependent on other countries — namely China — to supply these critical materials. That’s a vulnerability the Pentagon simply couldn’t tolerate any longer.

    That’s why the headlines out of China and the U.S. last year — rare earth shortages, threats of supply cuts, pandemic-era style disruptions — had my antennae up. When the world’s two largest economies start sparring over materials this essential, traders need to be paying attention. I knew if Washington was serious about securing domestic supply, MP was going to be in the middle of the conversation.

    And sure enough, the Pentagon stepped up and wrote a check. That single move flipped the narrative on MP overnight. MP closed one day at $30 and opened the next morning at $50. Wall Street suddenly woke up to the strategic importance of rare earths, but we were ready and waiting.

    The payoff was massive — a 534% gainer. James, one of our Masters in Trading All-Access members, woke up to $140,000 in profits from his MP calls. Don booked $55,000.  In total, just a handful of traders in our Discord pulled down a quarter-million dollars overnight. Many others locked in 500%+ returns. It was the single biggest win of the year — and for a lot of folks, the biggest win of their trading lives.

    We had a clear thesis — that Washington would have to secure domestic rare earth supply — and a carefully selected target positioned in the one U.S. company perfectly set up to benefit when the check finally cleared.

    Of course, these aren’t once-in-a-lifetime setups. They’re repeatable patterns. You just have to know where to look. This is exactly how I teach traders how to think inside my Masters in Trading Options Challenge. If you want to learn how to identify trades like this one — the Options Challenge is where you’ll see step-by-step how pros spot, size, and manage these kinds of opportunities.

    Lyft’s Big, Beautiful Catalyst Hidden in the Fine Print

    ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½s love a good headline. But sometimes the real market movers are buried in the fine print.

    That’s what happened with the “One Big Beautiful Bill” — a thousand-page monster that made news for the flashy stuff like tax brackets and energy credits. What almost nobody noticed was a quiet provision that flipped how U.S. companies expense their R&D.

    From 2022 through 2024, companies were forced to amortize R&D over five years. It punished innovation and dragged down reported income. But starting in 2025, that rule was reversed — and not just going forward. Companies could go back to 2022, 2023, and 2024 and expense those costs up front. That meant an immediate boost to GAAP earnings and free cash flow, along with a one-time catch-up that analysts hadn’t modeled.

    That’s where Lyft came in. Wall Street had written it off as Uber’s little brother, but Lyft spends around $375 million a year on U.S. R&D. Under the old rules, that spend was dead weight. Under the new rules, it became instant fuel for earnings.

    Thirty days before the Street woke up, I wrote an essay to our Masters in Trading community pointing this out. Lyft was my top name on the list. We bought in on July 30th when shares were around $13. By late August, the stock had rallied to $17 — right into its expected move range. That’s when we started locking in some profits.

    Why take some off the table? Because 76% of the time a stock closes inside its expected move. That’s discipline. That’s how we manage risk. We don’t get greedy, we get paid.

    And the results across our community were incredible. Ernie posted a 158% winner. James made $36,000, a 110% return. Linda banked 150%. Michael pulled 148%. Navi scored 200%. John closed 164% for $3,200 in profit. All on the same trade.

    The best part? Lyft hasn’t even fully priced in the catalyst yet. They haven’t highlighted it on an earnings call. Institutions haven’t rerated the stock. But the writing is on the wall. By the end of the year, I believe Lyft trades comfortably above $20.

    Once again, this wasn’t about catching a meme move or speculating on a chart breakout. It was about doing the homework, finding the story no one else is watching, and getting positioned before the analysts start chirping.

    QXO — The Builder Roll-Up No One Was Watching

    So far we have two very different trades — one driven by a $400 million Pentagon contract, the other by a buried accounting change in an omnibus bill — both proving the same point: when you line up with government-driven catalysts, you put yourself in position to reel in outsized gains… and we’re not done yet.

    Next we turn our sights toward Brad Jacobs. For the uninitiated, Jacobs is a a serial entrepreneur with a habit of turning boring industries into multi-billion-dollar empires. He did it with Waste Management. He did it with XPO Logistics. And when he launched QXO to roll up the building-supply industry, most of Wall Street shrugged.

    But that’s exactly why I loved it. Boring and fragmented is Jacobs’ playground. Backed by deep-pocketed partners — including Affinity and the Kushner family — QXO started raising capital and making acquisitions.

    We were there from the start. Our first entries came in around $15. By early summer we’d already ridden multiple spikes to double and triple our option money. We took 180% gains, reset, and did it again.

    Now Barron’s is finally catching on. This past weekend, they splashed QXO across a weekend spread and suddenly everyone wanted to talk about it. But by then, we had already rung the register multiple times.

    Kratos — The Pentagon’s Hot New Wingman

    If MP Materials and QXO proved how powerful it can be to trade alongside government-driven catalysts, Kratos has been the name that showed us how far that theme can run once the market finally catches on.

    We’ve had our eye on Kratos Defense (KTOS) for more than a year back when the stock was trading under $20. Then in December 2024, I highlighted why I picked drones as one of my top sectors for 2025. The Pentagon was pouring billions into unmanned systems, NATO allies were boosting their defense budgets, and everyone could see from Ukraine to the Pacific that drones had become the face of modern warfare.

    Among the companies in that space, Kratos stood out. While competitors chased high-priced defense contracts, Kratos focused on affordability and scale. Its Valkyrie drone — an autonomous combat aircraft designed to fly alongside piloted jets — became the poster child for that strategy. A low-cost “loyal wingman” that the Air Force could deploy without risking a pilot, and at a fraction of the cost of a traditional fighter.

    That’s exactly the kind of platform the Pentagon can’t ignore. And it’s exactly the kind of situation we love at Masters in Trading.

    Fast forward to Labor Day Weekend, and KTOS has been nothing short of a breakout star. While most of Wall Street was slow to pick it up, our community had been tracking it for months. We watched it grind higher through December, consolidate, and then rip into the new year. By the spring, KTOS was one of the strongest defense names on the board — a stock that kept trading right up to its expected move, giving disciplined traders clean entries and exits all year long.

    Common Ground

    Look at these stories side by side.

    With MP Materials, the Pentagon flipped the switch. With Lyft, it was a hidden accounting change. With QXO, it was a billionaire rolling up an industry with political capital behind him. With Kratos, it was the drone war playing out in real time with government contracts stoking demand.

    Different names, different sectors, same principle: government money bends markets.

    And as you’ve seen, the traders who position early — before the analysts, before the media, before the Street wakes up — are the ones harvesting triple-digit returns when everyone else finally catches on.

    Below are just a handful of cases illustrating how policy catalysts have weaponized the market so far in 2025. Highlighted are those with trade results:

    ÃÛÌÒ´«Ã½ CatalystCompany (Ticker)OutcomeDoD Equity StakeMP Materials (MP)$400M DoD buy-in; MP +45% intradayDrone Buy-AmericanKratos Defense (KTOS)Pentagon memo; KTOS +12% intraday, ~250% YTDKushner Private EquityQXO Inc. (QXO)$150M investment; QXO doubled within daysSeabed Mining EO & Insider BuyingThe Metals Company (TMC)EO expedited permits; TMC +35% intraday, +475% YTDSteel & Aluminum TariffsCentury Aluminum (CENX), Alcoa (AA)Section 232 revived; 10–25% import tariffs; CENX +18%, AA +12% intradayCopper TariffsFreeport-McMoRan (FCX)50% tariff reinstated; Copper flies higherAI Supercomputing FundingNvidia (NVDA)DOE $1B+ funding; NVDA +5%Quantum HubIonQ (IONQ), Rigetti (RGTI)Texas grants; DARPA investmentsSMR GrantsNuScale Power (SMR)$500M DOE grant; SMR +25%Oracle Cloud Deal, TikTok SaleOracle Corp (ORCL)75% federal discount; ORCL +74% YTDCIA-Backed FundingPalantir (PLTR)In-Q-Tel stake (gov’t hedge fund); PLTR +12% on contractsHeadline VolatilityTesla (TSLA)EV tax-credit cut & Trump–Musk feud; TSLA –7%$TRUMP Meme-Coin Frenzy$TRUMP token58 wallets netted >$10M each; 764,000+ holders underwater; $324M in creator fees

    Why KRMN Could Be Next

    All of this brings me to the next name I want you focused on: KRMN.

    Karman is a small-cap defense contractor that builds the stuff that makes missiles fly and rockets launch. Through their Karman Space & Defense arm, they design, test, and manufacture mission-critical hardware — things like payload protection, aerodynamic systems, and propulsion. Basically, if it’s going up into space or screaming through the sky at mach speeds, KRMN probably has a hand in it.

    Karman’s growth tells us one thing loud and clear: this company is built to scale — earnings up more than 230% year-on-year. They supply components for over 100 active missile and space programs, making them mission-critical to giants like Lockheed Martin and Northrop Grumman.

    Defense spending isn’t shrinking anytime soon. The U.S. budget is expanding, NATO is boosting commitments, and Washington is pushing hard on reshoring critical supply chains. Put those three together and you’ve got a policy environment that practically guarantees steady contract flow for years to come.

    Here’s what really excites me: KRMN’s market cap is still under $5 billion. That means we’re in before the herd. But there’s more.

    Since April, we’ve watched a massive divergence grow between the Nasdaq 100 and the Russell 2000. Big tech has been ripping while small caps have lagged. That kind of divergence is a coiled spring, and when it releases, it’s small caps that get the explosive move.

    Layer in the Federal Reserve hinting at lowering rates, and that’s rocket fuel. Small caps are more sensitive to borrowing costs than the megacaps. When rates fall, balance sheets open up, capital gets cheaper, and these companies get room to expand. That’s why I think we’re about to see a serious rotation out of stretched Nasdaq names into undervalued small caps. And KRMN is sitting right in the sweet spot to benefit.

    When I look at KRMN, I see the same ingredients we’ve profited from in MP, Lyft, QXO, and Kratos. A powerful policy tailwind. Deep government ties. A market that’s still sleeping on the story. That’s the exact recipe that’s given us our biggest winners. And I believe KRMN is next in line.

    Remember, the creative trader wins,

    Jonathan Rose,

    Founder, Masters in Trading

    The post From Washington’s Wallet to Wall Street Wins: Why KRMN Could Be the Next Triple-Digit Trade appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>
    <![CDATA[Ignore the Shutdown – Watch the Jobs Picture]]> /2025/10/ignore-the-shutdown-watch-the-jobs-picture/ n/a government shutdown1600 National monuments and museums in Washington DC were closed during the U.S. government shutdown in 2013. ipmlc-3308854 Wed, 01 Oct 2025 17:11:43 -0400 Ignore the Shutdown – Watch the Jobs Picture Jeff Remsburg Wed, 01 Oct 2025 17:11:43 -0400 The government shutdown is just noise… a replay of yesterday’s T-Line event with Keith Kaplan… seasonal hiring is down big… be in tech stocks, or else… one way to invest now

    The federal government is officially shut down after lawmakers failed to reach a budget deal yesterday.

    Over the next few days, expect the news cycle to be dominated by political brinkmanship. But for Wall Street, these shutdowns are usually just noise.

    Here’s our hypergrowth expert Luke Lango with the data:

    The U.S. government shutdown that everyone is talking about these days is much-ado-about-nothing for Wall Street.

    We’ve had over a dozen shutdowns since 1980 – about one every 3 years. None of them mean squat. They typically last about a week, and stocks barely move during that week.

    Nothing to see here.

    If this develops into a bigger story that could materially impact your portfolio, we’ll report back. For now, it’s a fleeting sideshow.

    Moving on…

    Incredible feedback from yesterday’s “T-Line” Event with TradeSmith CEO Keith Kaplan…

    Yesterday afternoon, Keith went live to walk attendees through a powerful new tool that helps traders identify when options contracts are mispriced.

    This mispricing creates opportunities to step in and collect cash premiums thanks to mathematical odds that are stacked in your favor.

    The “T-Line” is named after Ed Thorp – the quant genius who invented card counting and later became one of the most successful hedge fund managers in history. Thorp’s pioneering research into probability and mispricing in options markets laid the groundwork for the T-Line, which Keith and his team have now brought to life.

    During yesterday’s event, Keith showed the tool in action. He demonstrated how to spot mispriced trades, and how the T-Line helps sharpen your entry/exit timing while controlling risk.

    It builds on TradeSmith’s earlier innovation, the Probability of Profit (PoP) indicator, which has already helped deliver a 98.8% win rate across more than 900 income trades in their model portfolio.

    Together, these tools help traders cut through the noise and make more consistent income-generating trades.

    Here’s Keith:

    In the free replay, you’ll see how the T-Line works and how you can use it to generate your own extra income streams by combining it with the PoP. I also showed some real-world trades you could make right away.

    The PoP and T-Line tools could change the way you trade—just as they did for me and thousands of other investors

    Bottom line: If you’re looking to pull more cash out of the market, I encourage you to check out the free replay of yesterday’s demonstration.

    More red flags from consumer confidence and the labor market

    Yesterday, the Conference Board September survey showed that consumers are the least optimistic since April.

    From Stephanie Guichard, the organization’s senior economist for global indicators:

    Consumers’ assessment of business conditions was much less positive than in recent months, while their appraisal of current job availability fell for the ninth straight month to reach a new multiyear low.

    This morning, ADP confirmed the jobs weakness with its latest private payrolls report.

    Dow Jones economists had been expecting an increase of 45,000 jobs. Instead, the economy shed 32,000 jobs – the worst performance since March of 2023.

    Adding insult to injury, ADP’s August payrolls report, which had come in at 54,000, was revised down to a loss of 3,000 jobs.

    This Friday brings the big jobs report that everyone will be watching closely – the Non-Farm Payrolls report from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (assuming there isn’t a wrinkle due to the government shutdown).

    August brought just 22,000 new jobs – dramatically below the forecast. The expectation for Friday is a higher-but-still-anemic 43,000 jobs with an unemployment rate that remains at 4.3%.

    Meanwhile, seasonal hiring is coming in the weakest in years

    If the latest Challenger, Gray & Christmas report is any indication, Friday’s numbers will be disappointing.

    Challenger, Gray & Christmas is a leading executive outplacement firm that publishes a variety of jobs market reports. It’s become a go-to resource for getting a bead on labor market conditions.

    From its latest report last Thursday, focusing on retail seasonal hiring announcements:

    Following a summer of subdued hiring, Challenger, Gray & Christmas expects seasonal Retail hiring in 2025 to fall to its lowest point since the recession-hit season of 2009…

    Challenger projects Retailers may add under 500,000 positions in the last three months of 2025, marking the smallest seasonal gain in 16 years.

    Here’s Senior Vice President Andy Challenger:

    Seasonal employers are facing a confluence of factors this year: tariffs loom, inflationary pressures linger, and many companies continue to rely on automation and permanent staff instead of large waves of seasonal hires?

    Automation?

    Put a pin in that – we’ll circle back.

    A tale of two consumers

    In the background of this subdued hiring, since mid-August, we’ve had a string of either “all-time” or “52-week” highs in the investment markets:

    • S&P 500 – all-time high
    • Nasdaq – all-time high
    • Dow Jones – all-time high
    • Bitcoin – all-time high
    • Gold – all-time high
    • Silver – 14-year high
    • Uranium (via the ETF URA) – 52-week high
    • Copper (via the ETF COPX) – 52-week high
    • Chinese stocks (via the ETF MCHI) – 52-week high
    • 1-3 Year Treasury bonds (via the ETF SHY) – 52-week high

    Americans with assets are riding high, while Americans without assets are facing increasing financial challenges.

    This split is tougher to see today because well-off Americans are spending up a storm, skewing the average spending data and camouflaging what’s happening with lower-income Americans.

    Here’s Fortune with the reality:

    According to Bank of America Institute’s latest report, Consumer Checkpoint: Gains and Gaps, higher-income households are enjoying accelerating wage growth and increased spending, while lower-income households face slowing pay gains and flat expenditure—marking the widest such divide in more than four years…

    The result is a warning sign for the economy despite a strong overall spending picture.

    Fortune highlights Bank of America Institute senior economist David Tinsley, saying “Lower-income households aren’t really spending.” The well-to-do households are the ones driving the economy.

    That’s not anecdotal – in the second quarter of 2025, consumers in the top 10% of the income distribution accounted for 49.2% of all U.S. spending. That’s the highest level since 1989.

    But this tale of “haves” versus “have-nots” isn’t limited to the U.S. consumer…

    There’s a similar split in the economy and stock market

    Let’s return to Luke.

    From Monday’s Daily Notes in Innovation Investor:

    We’ve told you before that the U.S. economy is bifurcating between a booming AI Economy and a struggling Everything Else Economy. We saw data [Monday] which confirmed this thesis.

    Investment in information processing equipment and software rose ~30% in the first half of 2025. Excluding information processing equipment and software investment, real GDP in the U.S. grew just 0.1% in the first half of 2025.

    So, essentially, the AI Economy grew by 30% in the first half of the year, while the Everything Else Economy didn’t grow at all.

    This won’t change anytime soon.

    There’s a similar bifurcation in the stock market with AI stocks crushing just about everything else.

    To illustrate, let’s return to Andy Challenger’s reference to “automation” replacing seasonal job work. Let’s expand that to cover robotics and humanoids.

    Below, we compare two ETFS:

    • The ProShares S&P 500 Ex-Technology ETF (SPXT), which gives us the performance of all “non-tech” stocks in the S&P
    • The ARK Autonomous Technology & Robotics ETF (ARKQ), which focuses on tech leaders at the forefront of AI with a tilt toward Physical AI (robotics and humanoids)

    As you can see below, over the last 52 weeks, our “AI/robotics” proxy (in black) has soared 86%, 7Xing our “non-tech” proxy (in green) which climbed just 12%.

    Chart showing ARKQ dominating SPXT over the last 52 weeks

    AI is driving today’s market boom, period.

    This is, in part, why Luke has been urging investors to get exposure to automation, robotics, and humanoids.

    Clearly, ARKQ is an option. It holds some great stocks, but it also has 37 different holdings. So, some of the performance of ARKQ’s high-fliers – like Tesla, its biggest holding – could be weighed down by underperformers. That’s just a reality of ETF investing.

    For a more targeted approach, Luke recently released a free research report that breaks down Tesla’s Optimus humanoid project, flagging a backdoor way to invest in robotics/humanoids without buying Tesla itself.

    Bottom line: Today’s bifurcated economy and stock market will only grow more divergent from here. Our best shot at not just surviving this split, but thriving from it, will come from aligning ourselves with AI tech leaders at the forefront of momentum.

    Coming full circle

    Job growth is falling… asset prices are soaring… and the gap between the “haves” and “have-nots” is widening – whether those “haves” are high-income consumers or leading AI stocks.

    This puts even more focus on Friday’s jobs report…

    Will the Main Street/AI gap widen?

    We’ll report back.

    Have a good evening,

    Jeff Remsburg

    The post Ignore the Shutdown – Watch the Jobs Picture appeared first on InvestorPlace.

    ]]>